texlive[45271] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (11sep17)

commits+karl at tug.org commits+karl at tug.org
Mon Sep 11 22:47:30 CEST 2017


Revision: 45271
          http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=45271
Author:   karl
Date:     2017-09-11 22:47:29 +0200 (Mon, 11 Sep 2017)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (11sep17)

Modified Paths:
--------------
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
    trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @acronym{ndl,
   description = {fringilla a, euismod sodales,
   sollicitudin vel, wisi},
@@ -97,6 +57,3 @@
   long = {pellentesque cursus luctus mauris}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronym.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronym.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-acronym.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @acronym{lid,
   short = {LID},
   long = {lorem ipsum dolor}
@@ -253,6 +213,3 @@
   long = {dignissim rutrum nam}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronym.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @acronym{li,
   user1 = {love itself},
   short = {LI},
@@ -74,6 +34,3 @@
   long = {duis iaculi}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-brief.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-brief.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-brief.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{lorem,
   name = {lorem},
   description = {ipsum}
@@ -303,6 +263,3 @@
   description = {dignissim}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-brief.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-childnoname.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{scelerisque,
   name = {scelerisque},
   description = {at}
@@ -232,6 +192,3 @@
 parturient montes}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-childnoname.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-cite.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-cite.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-cite.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{fusce,
   user1 = {article-minimal},
   name = {fusce},
@@ -157,6 +117,3 @@
   description = {lacus}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-cite.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-images.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-images.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-images.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{sedfeugiat,
   user1 = {example-image},
   name = {sed feugiat},
@@ -328,6 +288,3 @@
 }
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-images.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-long.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-long.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-long.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{loremipsum,
   name = {lorem ipsum},
   description = {dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus
@@ -128,6 +88,3 @@
 bibendum quam in tellus.}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-long.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-multipar.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-multipar.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-multipar.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{loremi-ii,
   name = {lorem 1--2},
   description = {Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus elit,
@@ -166,6 +126,3 @@
 tortor, vel consectetuer odio sem sed wisi.}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-multipar.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-parent.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-parent.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-parent.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{sedmattis,
   name = {sed mattis},
   description = {erat sit amet}
@@ -165,6 +125,3 @@
   description = {elit, molestie non}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-parent.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-symbols.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-symbols.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-symbols.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{alpha,
   symbol = {\ensuremath{\alpha}},
   name = {alpha},
@@ -181,6 +141,3 @@
   description = {Mauris tempor ligula sed lacus.}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-symbols.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-url.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-url.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-url.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{aenean-url,
   user1 = {http://uk.tug.org/},
   name = {aenean},
@@ -99,6 +59,3 @@
  \texttt{\string\glspercentchar})}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-url.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/bibtex/bib/glossaries-extra/example-glossaries-xr.bib	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,43 +1,3 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `example-glossaries-xr.bib',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% glossaries-extra.dtx  (with options: `example-glossaries-xr.bib,package')
-%% 
-%%  glossaries-extra.dtx
-%%  Copyright 2017 Nicola Talbot
-%% 
-%%  This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
-%%  conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
-%%  of this license or (at your option) any later version.
-%%  The latest version of this license is in
-%%    http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%  and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
-%%  version 2005/12/01 or later.
-%% 
-%%  This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
-%% 
-%%  The Current Maintainer of this work is Nicola Talbot.
-%% 
-%%  This work consists of the files glossaries-extra.dtx and glossaries-extra.ins and the derived files glossaries-extra.sty, glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty, example-glossaries-xr.tex, example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib, example-glossaries-acronym.bib, example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib, example-glossaries-brief.bib, example-glossaries-childnoname.bib, example-glossaries-cite.bib, example-glossaries-images.bib, example-glossaries-long.bib, example-glossaries-multipar.bib, example-glossaries-parent.bib, example-glossaries-symbols.bib, example-glossaries-url.bib, example-glossaries-xr.bib.
-%% 
-%% \CharacterTable
-%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
-%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
-%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
-%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
-%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
-%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
-%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
-%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
-%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
-%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
-%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
-%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
-%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
-%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 @entry{lorem,
   name = {lorem},
   description = {ipsum}
@@ -337,6 +297,3 @@
   seealso = {diam}
 }
 
-\endinput
-%%
-%% End of file `example-glossaries-xr.bib'.

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,3 +1,10 @@
+1.20 (2017-09-11):
+
+ * New 'printgloss' key targetnameprefix
+
+ * Corrected .ins to remove default preamble and postamble
+   from .bib files
+
 1.19 (2017-09-08):
 
  * New command: \GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.19
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.20
 
-Last Modified : 2017-09-08
+Last Modified : 2017-09-11
 
 Author        : Nicola Talbot
 

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
 .equation-star td{text-align:center; }  
 table.equation-star { width:100%; }  
 table.equation { width:100%; }  
-table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:100%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}  
+table.align, table.alignat, table.xalignat, table.xxalignat, table.flalign {width:95%; margin-left:5%; white-space: nowrap;}  
 table.align-star, table.alignat-star, table.xalignat-star, table.flalign-star {margin-left:auto; margin-right:auto; white-space: nowrap;}  
 td.align-label { width:5%; text-align:center; }  
 td.align-odd { text-align:right; padding-right:0.3em;}  
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
 >
 <!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" >
 </p><!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.19: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.20: an extension to the</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
 </p>
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
 class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
 </div>
 <!--l. 215--><p class="noindent" ><span 
-class="cmr-12">2017-09-08</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2017-09-11</span></p></div>
    <div 
 class="abstract" 
 >
@@ -1573,25 +1573,38 @@
 version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
 </p><!--l. 857--><p class="indent" >   The individual glossary displaying commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-5006"></a>,
-<span 
+ id="dx1-5006"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a 
- id="dx1-5007"></a> and <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have an extra key <span 
+ id="dx1-5007"></a>
+and <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>have two extra keys:
+</p>
+     <ul class="itemize1">
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">target</span><a 
- id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a
-boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for
-each entry. Unlike <span 
-class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch off hyperlinks, so
-any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected. This is a way of
-avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to be displayed multiple
-times.
-</p><!--l. 866--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-5008"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
+     hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper </span>this doesn’t switch
+     off hyperlinks, so any cross-references within the glossary won’t be affected.
+     This is a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to
+     be displayed multiple times.
+     </li>
+     <li class="itemize"><span 
+class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a 
+ id="dx1-5009"></a><span 
+class="cmtt-10">={</span>&#x27E8;<span 
+class="cmti-10">prefix</span>&#x27E9;<span 
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>. Another way of avoiding duplicate target names
+     is to set a prefix used for the names. Unlike changing <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix</span>
+     this doesn’t affect any hyperlinks (such as those created with <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).</li></ul>
+<!--l. 875--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>command has three new keys: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
- id="dx1-5009"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
+ id="dx1-5010"></a>, which sets the category label for the given entry. By default this
      is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a 
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
@@ -1600,7 +1613,7 @@
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-5010"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a 
+ id="dx1-5011"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a 
 href="#sec:alias"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.3 </a><a 
 href="#sec:alias">Entry
@@ -1608,32 +1621,35 @@
      </li>
      <li class="itemize"><span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-5011"></a>, which performs much like <span 
+ id="dx1-5012"></a>, which performs much like <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-5012"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
+ id="dx1-5013"></a>, but allows for separate “see” and
      “see also” treatment. See <a 
 href="#sec:see"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for
      further details.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 878--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span 
+<!--l. 887--><p class="noindent" >The test file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-xr.tex </span>contains dummy entries with a mixture of
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
- id="dx1-5013"></a>, <span 
+ id="dx1-5014"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
- id="dx1-5014"></a> and <span 
+ id="dx1-5015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
- id="dx1-5015"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
+ id="dx1-5016"></a> keys for use with minimal working examples. There are also
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.bib </span>files that correspond to each <span 
 class="cmtt-10">example-glossaries-*.tex</span>
 file for testing <a 
- id="dx1-5016"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-5017"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
- id="dx1-5017"></a></a>.
-</p><!--l. 885--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+ id="dx1-5018"></a></a>.
+</p><!--l. 894--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>command now has a starred version (as from v1.12)
 that doesn’t automatically insert
                                                                   
@@ -1643,11 +1659,11 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-17">
 \leavevmode\unskip\nopostdesc
 </div>
-<!--l. 889--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
-</p><!--l. 891--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 898--><p class="nopar" > at the end of the description field.
+</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-5018"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry*{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -1657,19 +1673,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">description</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 893--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >
 The <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-5019"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in &#x27E8;<span 
+ id="dx1-5020"></a> key is left unset unless explicitly set in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 897--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
+</p><!--l. 906--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version no longer hard-codes the above code (which removes
 trailing space and suppresses the post-description hook) but instead uses:
-</p><!--l. 900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 909--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-5020"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5021"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 911--><p class="noindent" >
 This can be redefined to allow the post-description hook to work but retain the
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\unskip </span>part if required. For example:
@@ -1680,40 +1696,40 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-18">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrpostlongdescription}{\leavevmode\unskip}
 </div>
-<!--l. 908--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
+<!--l. 917--><p class="nopar" > This will discarded unwanted trailing space at the end of the description but won’t
 suppress the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 912--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
+</p><!--l. 921--><p class="indent" >   The unstarred version also alters the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
- id="dx1-5021"></a> package’s treatment of the
+ id="dx1-5022"></a> package’s treatment of the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-5022"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
+ id="dx1-5023"></a> key. Since a plural description doesn’t make much sense for
 multi-paragraph descriptions, the default behaviour with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a 
- id="dx1-5023"></a>’s
+ id="dx1-5024"></a>’s
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry </span>is to simply leave the plural description unset
 unless explicitly set using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-5024"></a> key. The <span 
+ id="dx1-5025"></a> key. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries.sty </span>version
 of this command sets the description’s plural form to the same as the
 singular.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x2" id="fn1x2-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><a 
- id="x1-5025f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 927--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
+ id="x1-5026f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" >   Note that this modified unstarred version doesn’t append <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span>
 to the description’s plural form.
-</p><!--l. 930--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 939--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
- id="dx1-5031"></a> command (defined through the <span 
+ id="dx1-5032"></a> command (defined through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-5032"></a> package option) is modified
+ id="dx1-5033"></a> package option) is modified
 so that the category defaults to <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
- id="dx1-5033"></a>. The <span 
+ id="dx1-5034"></a>. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
- id="dx1-5034"></a> command is modified
+ id="dx1-5035"></a> command is modified
 to use the new abbreviation interface provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations"><span 
@@ -1720,16 +1736,16 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 936--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>command now has an optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 937--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 946--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\makeglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
- id="dx1-5035"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 939--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 948--><p class="noindent" >
 If &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; is empty, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>behaves as per its original definition in the
@@ -1737,7 +1753,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, otherwise &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9; can be a comma-separated list of glossaries that
 need processing with an external indexing application.
-</p><!--l. 945--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 954--><p class="indent" >   It should then be possible to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>for those glossaries listed in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;
 and <span 
@@ -1744,22 +1760,22 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>for the other glossaries. (See the accompanying file
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixedsort.tex </span>for an example.)
-</p><!--l. 950--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 959--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">list</span>&#x27E9;, you can’t define entries in the document
 (even with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdef"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdef</span></a><a 
- id="dx1-5036"></a> option). </div>
-</p><!--l. 953--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 955--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
- id="dx1-5037"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-5037"></a> option). </div>
+</p><!--l. 962--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 964--><p class="indent" >   You will need at least version 2.20 of <a 
+ id="dx1-5038"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span></a> or at least version 1.3 of
 the Lua alternative <a 
- id="dx1-5038"></a><a 
+ id="dx1-5039"></a><a 
 href="#glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span><a 
- id="dx1-5039"></a></a> (both distributed with <span 
+ id="dx1-5040"></a></a> (both distributed with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 v4.27) to allow for this use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -1767,12 +1783,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>. Alternatively, use the
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span><a 
- id="dx1-5040"></a> option.
+ id="dx1-5041"></a> option.
 </p>
-<!--l. 961--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 970--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:wrglossary"></a>Entry Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 964--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 973--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides extra keys for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and
 <span 
@@ -1833,13 +1849,13 @@
      settings (such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6010"></a>).
-     <!--l. 994--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
-     </p><!--l. 995--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1003--><p class="noindent" >The default value is set up using
+     </p><!--l. 1004--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6011"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 997--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1006--><p class="noindent" >
      which is defined as:
                                                                   
 
@@ -1856,15 +1872,15 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1009--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
-     </p><!--l. 1011--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 1018--><p class="nopar" > This sets the conditional
+     </p><!--l. 1020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\ifglsxtrinitwrglossbefore</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinitwrgloss </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 1013--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 1022--><p class="noindent" >
      which is used to determine where to perform the indexing.
-     </p><!--l. 1016--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 1025--><p class="noindent" >This means you can set the <a 
 href="#catattr.wrgloss"><span 
 class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-6013"></a> attribute to <span 
@@ -1879,9 +1895,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span>.)
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 1025--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
+<!--l. 1034--><p class="indent" >   There is a new hook that’s used each time indexing information is written to the
 external glossary files:
-</p><!--l. 1027--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-6016"></a> <span 
@@ -1888,13 +1904,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdowrglossaryhook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1038--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. This does nothing by default but may be redefined.
 (See, for example, the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span>, which uses
 this hook to determine which entries haven’t been indexed.)
-</p><!--l. 1036--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
+</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.14, there are two new keys for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>: <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6017"></a> and <span 
@@ -1909,7 +1925,7 @@
  id="dx1-6019"></a> keys is intended
 primarily for adding locations in supplementary material that can’t be obtained from
 a counter.
-</p><!--l. 1045--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
+</p><!--l. 1054--><p class="indent" >   The principle key <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6020"></a> is for the location value. The other key <span 
 class="cmss-10">theHvalue</span><a 
@@ -1925,12 +1941,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1053--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1062--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6023"></a>, you must make sure that you use an indexing application
 that will accept the given value. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1056--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1058--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
+</p><!--l. 1065--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1067--><p class="indent" >   For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6024"></a> will only accept locations in the form [&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -1954,7 +1970,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-20">
 \glsadd[thevalue={Supplementary&#x00A0;Material}]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1068--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
+<!--l. 1077--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <a 
  id="dx1-6026"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
@@ -1970,7 +1986,7 @@
  id="dx1-6030"></a> key to prevent a
 hyperlink if one can’t naturally be formed from the prefix, counter and location
 value.
-</p><!--l. 1077--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
+</p><!--l. 1086--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose the file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">suppl.tex </span>contains:
                                                                   
 
@@ -1987,7 +2003,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\gls{sample}.
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1092--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
+<!--l. 1101--><p class="nopar" > This has an entry on page S.2. Suppose another document wants to include this
 location in the glossary. Then this can be done by setting <span 
 class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a 
  id="dx1-6031"></a> to <span 
@@ -2008,13 +2024,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsadd[thevalue={S.2}]{sample}
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1111--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
+<!--l. 1120--><p class="nopar" > This location value will be accepted by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-6032"></a> as it’s in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">sep</span>&#x27E9;&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">num</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1115--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
+</p><!--l. 1124--><p class="indent" >   If you want hyperlinks, things are more complicated. First you need to set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.externallocation"><span 
 class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a 
@@ -2028,7 +2044,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newglossaryentry{sample}{category=supplemental,
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;name={sample},description={an&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1123--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
+<!--l. 1132--><p class="nopar" > Next you need to add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>as the format:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2037,7 +2053,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-24">
 \glsadd[thevalue={S.2},format=glsxtrsupphypernumber]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1127--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
+<!--l. 1136--><p class="nopar" > Both documents will need to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-6034"></a> package. Remember that the counter
 used for the location also needs to match. If <span 
@@ -2053,14 +2069,14 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-6036"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1137--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
+</p><!--l. 1146--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The hyperlink for the supplementary location may or <span 
 class="cmti-10">may not </span>take you to the
 relevant place in the external PDF file <span 
 class="cmti-10">depending on your PDF viewer</span>. Some may not
 support external links, and some may take you to the first page or last visited page.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1142--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1144--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
+</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1153--><p class="indent" >   For example, if both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.pdf </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf</span>
 are in the same directory, then viewing <span 
@@ -2068,12 +2084,12 @@
 take you to the correct location in the linked document (when you click on the S.2
 external link), but Okular will take you to the top of the first page of the linked
 document.
-</p><!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1151--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1160--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:see"></a>Cross-References (“see” and “see also”)</h3>
-<!--l. 1154--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 1163--><p class="noindent" >The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-7001"></a> key is now saved as a field. This isn’t the case with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>,
@@ -2100,20 +2116,20 @@
  id="dx1-7008"></a><a 
  id="dx1-7009"></a> environment on the next
 run.
-</p><!--l. 1167--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
+</p><!--l. 1176--><p class="indent" >   This modification allows <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to provide
-</p><!--l. 1168--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddallcrossrefs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1179--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the document to automatically add any unused
 cross-references unless the package option <a 
 href="#styopt.indexcrossrefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-7011"></a> was set to false.
-</p><!--l. 1175--><p class="indent" >   As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1184--><p class="indent" >   As a by-product of this enhancement, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-7012"></a> key will now work for entries
 defined in the <span 
@@ -2142,9 +2158,9 @@
  id="dx1-7019"></a>
 value to be stored even though it may not be possible to index it at that
 point.
-</p><!--l. 1186--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
+</p><!--l. 1195--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.06, you can display the cross-referenced information for a given
 entry using
-</p><!--l. 1188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1197--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusesee</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7020"></a> <span 
@@ -2151,9 +2167,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1190--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1199--><p class="noindent" >
 This internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1192--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1201--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7021"></a> <span 
@@ -2162,7 +2178,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9; are obtained from the value of the entry’s <span 
@@ -2184,7 +2200,7 @@
  id="dx1-7024"></a> field hasn’t been set for the entry given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 1203--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1212--><p class="indent" >   Suppose you want to suppress the <a 
  id="dx1-7025"></a>number list using <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-7026"></a>. This
@@ -2198,7 +2214,7 @@
  id="dx1-7029"></a> key set, but this will also show the rest of the <a 
  id="dx1-7030"></a>number
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1210--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
+</p><!--l. 1219--><p class="indent" >   Another approach in this situation is to use the post description hook
 with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>to append the cross-reference after the description. For
 example:
@@ -2213,11 +2229,11 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1219--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
+<!--l. 1228--><p class="nopar" > Now the cross-references can appear even though the <a 
  id="dx1-7031"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> has been
 suppressed.
-</p><!--l. 1223--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
+</p><!--l. 1232--><p class="indent" >   As from v1.16, there’s a separate <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7032"></a> key. Unlike <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
@@ -2237,11 +2253,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat</span>, described
 below).
-</p><!--l. 1231--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="indent" >   You can display the formatted list of cross-references stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7035"></a> key
 using:
-</p><!--l. 1233--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1242--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseealso</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7036"></a> <span 
@@ -2248,10 +2264,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealso{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1235--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1244--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in much the same way as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusesee </span>but it internally uses
-</p><!--l. 1238--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruseseeformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7037"></a> <span 
@@ -2258,7 +2274,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruseseealsoformat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1249--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2274,13 +2290,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1251--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1253--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 1260--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1262--><p class="indent" >   The actual unformatted comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-list</span>&#x27E9; stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7038"></a> field
 can be accessed with:
-</p><!--l. 1255--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1264--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseealsolabels</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7039"></a> <span 
@@ -2287,7 +2303,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseealsolabels{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1266--><p class="noindent" >
 This will just expand to the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xr-labels</span>&#x27E9; provided in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
@@ -2302,7 +2318,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">tag</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>, so it can’t be automatically treated as a simple comma-separated
 list.
-</p><!--l. 1265--><p class="indent" >   The base <span 
+</p><!--l. 1274--><p class="indent" >   The base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span><a 
  id="dx1-7042"></a>, which requires a
@@ -2313,7 +2329,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>as the
 argument. For convenience, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides
-</p><!--l. 1270--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrseelist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7043"></a> <span 
@@ -2320,13 +2336,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrseelist{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1281--><p class="noindent" >
 which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1275--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1284--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a 
  id="dx1-7044"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 1276--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1285--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexseealso</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-7045"></a> <span 
@@ -2335,7 +2351,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1278--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >
 which just does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -2353,15 +2369,15 @@
  id="dx1-7047"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 1287--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1296--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1290--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
+<!--l. 1299--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
 that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -2372,7 +2388,7 @@
 it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
 format.
-</p><!--l. 1297--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
+</p><!--l. 1306--><p class="indent" >   The default entry format (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-8002"></a>) used in the <a 
  id="dx1-8003"></a><a 
@@ -2455,15 +2471,15 @@
      </a><a 
 href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1328--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 1337--><p class="indent" >   This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
 than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 1332--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
+</p><!--l. 1341--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-8024"></a> now puts <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-8025"></a> in the argument of
 the new command
-</p><!--l. 1334--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrregularfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8026"></a> <span 
@@ -2470,7 +2486,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1336--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1345--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does its argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. This means that if you want regular
 entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -2479,7 +2495,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-8027"></a> which will be applied to all linking commands for all entries.
-</p><!--l. 1344--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 1353--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2487,7 +2503,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-27">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1347--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
+<!--l. 1356--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
 category:
                                                                   
@@ -2498,7 +2514,7 @@
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1353--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute:
+<!--l. 1362--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2508,7 +2524,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1360--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name:
+<!--l. 1369--><p class="nopar" > or use the attribute to store the control sequence name:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2522,7 +2538,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1371--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a 
+<!--l. 1380--><p class="nopar" > (Remember the category and attribute settings will only queried here for <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8028"></a>
@@ -2532,7 +2548,7 @@
 changes the regular attribute to “false”, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont </span>will no longer
 apply.)
-</p><!--l. 1378--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
 after the <a 
@@ -2541,32 +2557,32 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
 to
-</p><!--l. 1381--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1390--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8031"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1392--><p class="noindent" >
 This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8032"></a> attribute
 is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 1387--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlink</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1398--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 1391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1400--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1402--><p class="noindent" >
 if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 1396--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
+</p><!--l. 1405--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
 post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -2578,8 +2594,8 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1403--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
+</p><!--l. 1410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1412--><p class="indent" >   By default <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -2591,7 +2607,7 @@
  id="dx1-8036"></a> category, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
 defined.)
-</p><!--l. 1409--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+</p><!--l. 1418--><p class="indent" >   The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9;<a 
@@ -2609,21 +2625,21 @@
 adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
 material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
 reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 1422--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 1431--><p class="indent" >   There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
 the post-<a 
  id="dx1-8039"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 1424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1435--><p class="noindent" >
 This will add the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8041"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1429--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
+</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8042"></a>first
 use for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
@@ -2637,18 +2653,18 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1436--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1438--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 1445--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8044"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" >
 This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a 
  id="dx1-8045"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 1444--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 1453--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a 
  id="dx1-8046"></a> within the post-<a 
@@ -2657,7 +2673,7 @@
  id="dx1-8048"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
 been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 1447--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1456--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8049"></a> <span 
@@ -2666,7 +2682,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1458--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; if the last used entry was the <a 
  id="dx1-8050"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -2677,7 +2693,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a 
  id="dx1-8051"></a>link-text
 hook.
-</p><!--l. 1457--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-8052"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
@@ -2700,8 +2716,8 @@
  id="dx1-8059"></a>first use otherwise
 the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1466--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1468--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
+</p><!--l. 1475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1477--><p class="indent" >   For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a 
  id="dx1-8060"></a>link-text
 on <a 
  id="dx1-8061"></a>first use for the <span 
@@ -2716,8 +2732,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1474--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1476--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 1483--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1485--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-8063"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a 
@@ -2724,12 +2740,12 @@
  id="dx1-8064"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
 footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 1480--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 1489--><p class="indent" >   You can set the default options used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span><a 
  id="dx1-8065"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-8066"></a> etc with:
-</p><!--l. 1482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1491--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8067"></a> <span 
@@ -2736,7 +2752,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1493--><p class="noindent" >
 For example, if you mostly don’t want to index entries then you can do:
                                                                   
 
@@ -2745,7 +2761,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-33">
 \GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1489--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1498--><p class="nopar" > and then use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex=false]{sample}</span></span></span> when you actually want
 the location added to the <a 
  id="dx1-8068"></a><a 
@@ -2754,7 +2770,7 @@
 argument of commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1496--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
+</p><!--l. 1505--><p class="indent" >   Note that if you don’t want <span 
 class="cmti-10">any </span>indexing, just omit <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
 <span 
@@ -2765,18 +2781,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinitwrgloss</span><a 
  id="dx1-8070"></a>
 instead.
-</p><!--l. 1502--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 1511--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts </span>doesn’t affect <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 1504--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1506--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
+</p><!--l. 1513--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1515--><p class="indent" >   If you want to change the default value of <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-8071"></a>, you can instead use:
-</p><!--l. 1508--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 1517--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="noindent" >
 This has the advantage of also working for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>. For example, if you
 want all locations in the back matter to appear in italic (unless explicitly
@@ -2789,8 +2805,8 @@
 \backmatter
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{hyperit}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1517--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1519--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
+<!--l. 1526--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1528--><p class="indent" >   Commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-8072"></a> have star (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">*</span>) and plus (<span 
@@ -2800,7 +2816,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">hyper=true</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way to add a
 third modifier, if required, using
-</p><!--l. 1523--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetAltModifier</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8073"></a> <span 
@@ -2810,7 +2826,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1534--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; is the character used as the modifier and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; is the default set of
@@ -2817,11 +2833,11 @@
 options (which may be overridden). Note that &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; must be a single character (not a
 UTF-8 character, unless you are using <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>).
-</p><!--l. 1532--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 1541--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When choosing the character &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9; take care of any changes in category code.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 1535--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 1537--><p class="indent" >   Example:
+</p><!--l. 1544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1546--><p class="indent" >   Example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2829,7 +2845,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-35">
 \GlsXtrSetAltModifier{!}{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1540--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1549--><p class="nopar" > This means that <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls!{sample}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span>. It’s
 not possible to mix modifiers. For example, if you want to do
@@ -2840,17 +2856,17 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-36">
 \gls[noindex,hyper=false]{sample}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1546--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 1555--><p class="nopar" > you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls*[noindex]{sample}</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls![hyper=false]{sample}</span></span></span> but you
 can’t combine the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">* </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">! </span>modifiers.
-</p><!--l. 1551--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+</p><!--l. 1560--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="dx1-8074"></a><a 
 href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 1553--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsnoidxdisplayloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8075"></a> <span 
@@ -2865,7 +2881,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1564--><p class="noindent" >
 This command is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -2874,8 +2890,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
 obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
 command.
-</p><!--l. 1562--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 1563--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1571--><p class="indent" >   If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8076"></a> <span 
@@ -2885,9 +2901,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1565--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
 otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 1567--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1576--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8077"></a> <span 
@@ -2897,11 +2913,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="noindent" >
 for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;)
 or
-</p><!--l. 1572--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendloc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8078"></a> <span 
@@ -2911,16 +2927,16 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1574--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1583--><p class="noindent" >
 for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">format</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 1578--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 1579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1587--><p class="indent" >   By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 1588--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlocrangefmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8079"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1590--><p class="noindent" >
 and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2931,9 +2947,9 @@
    <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
 (If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 1589--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 1598--><p class="indent" >   The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
 does
-</p><!--l. 1591--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-8080"></a> <span 
@@ -2943,7 +2959,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">location</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1593--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1602--><p class="noindent" >
 (which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
    <br /><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -2957,7 +2973,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 1600--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 1609--><p class="indent" >   This means that the list
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2967,7 +2983,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 1605--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+<!--l. 1614--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -2977,14 +2993,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
 </div>
-<!--l. 1611--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+<!--l. 1620--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
 accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1616--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1625--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 1619--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 1628--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a 
  id="dx1-9001"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
@@ -2997,7 +3013,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1625--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 1634--><p class="indent" >   For example, instead of just doing:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3005,7 +3021,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-39">
 \glsenableentrycount
 </div>
-<!--l. 1628--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+<!--l. 1637--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3014,21 +3030,21 @@
 \glsenableentrycount
 &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1633--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
+<!--l. 1642--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-9003"></a> category, but any
 entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 1638--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 1647--><p class="indent" >   Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
 described in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycount"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>6 </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1641--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1650--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5   </span> <a 
  id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 1643--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 1652--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
 the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
 plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
 sheep). The <span 
@@ -3039,7 +3055,7 @@
 defining entries. In some cases a plural may not make any sense (for example,
 the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
 singular.
-</p><!--l. 1652--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" >   To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
 formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10003"></a> package sets lets the <span 
@@ -3055,11 +3071,11 @@
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-10007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
 exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 1661--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" >   For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-10008"></a> field will always need to
 be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 1664--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 1673--><p class="indent" >   There are other plural fields, such as <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-10009"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
@@ -3069,7 +3085,7 @@
 you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
 supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
 context).
-</p><!--l. 1670--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1679--><p class="indent" >   If these fields are omitted, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-10012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
@@ -3133,7 +3149,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-10031"></a> field.
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 1693--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
+<!--l. 1702--><p class="indent" >   This <span 
 class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
 <span 
@@ -3148,12 +3164,12 @@
 implemented, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
 use
-</p><!--l. 1701--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-10035"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1712--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
 own command for the plural suffix, such as <span 
@@ -3166,7 +3182,7 @@
 the style. Redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the
 new abbreviation mechanism.
-</p><!--l. 1713--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 1722--><p class="indent" >   If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
 attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a 
 href="#catattr.aposplural"><span 
 class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a 
@@ -3179,7 +3195,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-41">
 '\abbrvpluralsuffix
 </div>
-<!--l. 1718--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
+<!--l. 1727--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
 attribute is <a 
 href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span 
@@ -3190,12 +3206,12 @@
 same as <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-10039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 1724--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 1733--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6   </span> <a 
  id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 1727--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
+<!--l. 1736--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-11001"></a> in the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -3208,7 +3224,7 @@
 For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
 abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
 Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 1735--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 1744--><p class="indent" >   Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3219,8 +3235,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext&#x00A0;Markup&#x00A0;Language}
 &#x00A0;<br />\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1741--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 1743--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
+<!--l. 1750--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 1752--><p class="indent" >   The main problems are:
      </p><ol  class="enumerate1" >
      <li 
   class="enumerate" id="x1-11006x1"><a 
@@ -3239,7 +3255,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-43">
      \gls{\uppercase&#x00A0;ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1751--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 1760--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
      will effectively try to do
                                                                   
@@ -3249,7 +3265,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-44">
      \uppercase{\gls{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1756--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
+     <!--l. 1765--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
      This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
      <span 
@@ -3290,15 +3306,15 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-45">
      This&#x00A0;section&#x00A0;discusses&#x00A0;\gls{ssi},&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;and&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1775--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 1784--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 1778--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
+         <!--l. 1787--><p class="noindent" >This  section  discusses  server  side  includes  (SSI),  hypertext
          markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 1781--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 1790--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-11019"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
-     </p><!--l. 1784--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -3312,17 +3328,17 @@
      The&#x00A0;sample&#x00A0;files&#x00A0;are&#x00A0;either&#x00A0;\gls{html}&#x00A0;or&#x00A0;\gls{shtml},&#x00A0;but&#x00A0;let's
      &#x00A0;<br />first&#x00A0;discuss&#x00A0;\gls{ssi}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1790--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 1799--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 1793--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+         <!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
          or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
          first discuss SSI.</p></div>
-     <!--l. 1798--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 1807--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-11020"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
-     </p><!--l. 1802--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1811--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
      entries:
                                                                   
@@ -3332,17 +3348,17 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-47">
      This&#x00A0;article&#x00A0;is&#x00A0;an&#x00A0;introduction&#x00A0;to&#x00A0;\gls{shtml}.
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1806--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+     <!--l. 1815--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 1809--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
+         <!--l. 1818--><p class="noindent" >This  article  is  an  introduction  to  server  side  includes  (SSI)
          enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></div>
-     <!--l. 1812--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
+     <!--l. 1821--><p class="noindent" >So the <a 
  id="dx1-11021"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
      enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
      strange.
-     </p><!--l. 1816--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1825--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -3353,7 +3369,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-48">
      \setacronymstyle{long-short}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1821--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
+     <!--l. 1830--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
      long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -3365,7 +3381,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
      <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
-     </p><!--l. 1829--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 1838--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
      entry. For example:
@@ -3376,10 +3392,10 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49">
      \gls{shtml}&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;\glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 1833--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
+     <!--l. 1842--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
      which is downright weird.
-     </p><!--l. 1837--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+     </p><!--l. 1846--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
      amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
      for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span 
@@ -3412,7 +3428,7 @@
      in the glossary or they may be directed to the SHTML entry in the
      glossary.
      </li></ol>
-<!--l. 1858--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 1867--><p class="indent" >   For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
 like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
  id="dx1-11031"></a> or <span 
@@ -3429,7 +3445,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}]
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1866--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+<!--l. 1875--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3440,7 +3456,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[description={\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort{html}}]
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{shtml}{SHTML}{SSI&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;HTML}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1872--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
+<!--l. 1881--><p class="nopar" > with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
 use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a 
@@ -3451,7 +3467,7 @@
  id="dx1-11034"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
 above.
-</p><!--l. 1879--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 1888--><p class="indent" >   If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
                                                                   
@@ -3465,10 +3481,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsabbrvfont{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1888--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+<!--l. 1897--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
 This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
 style.
-</p><!--l. 1893--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
+</p><!--l. 1902--><p class="indent" >   However if you’re really determined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-11035"></a> in a field that may be included
 within some <a 
@@ -3492,7 +3508,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-53">
 \gls{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\gls{html}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1904--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+<!--l. 1913--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3501,7 +3517,7 @@
 {\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1909--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 1918--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a 
 href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a 
 href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -3517,7 +3533,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-11040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 1920--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 1929--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-11041"></a> or
 <span 
@@ -3555,7 +3571,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-55">
 \newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled&#x00A0;\acrshort{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1933--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
+<!--l. 1942--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-11047"></a> style) the <a 
@@ -3569,7 +3585,7 @@
 {\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
 </div>
-<!--l. 1939--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+<!--l. 1948--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3578,7 +3594,7 @@
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrshort{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1944--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
+<!--l. 1953--><p class="nopar" > then the <a 
  id="dx1-11049"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
                                                                   
@@ -3589,7 +3605,7 @@
 {\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}&#x00A0;(SHTML)
 </div>
-<!--l. 1949--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
+<!--l. 1958--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
 this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -3600,8 +3616,8 @@
  id="dx1-11051"></a>. Note
 that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 1957--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 1958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 1967--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11052"></a> <span 
@@ -3610,7 +3626,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1969--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3620,8 +3636,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; (e.g.&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 1965--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 1966--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1974--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsps</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11053"></a> <span 
@@ -3628,13 +3644,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1977--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 1970--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1979--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glspt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11054"></a> <span 
@@ -3641,13 +3657,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1981--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 1975--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; commands described
@@ -3664,7 +3680,7 @@
  id="dx1-11056"></a> to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 1982--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 1991--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetpopts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11057"></a> <span 
@@ -3671,7 +3687,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3680,17 +3696,17 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
 </div>
-<!--l. 1988--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+<!--l. 1997--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
 this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
 links.
-</p><!--l. 1993--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2002--><p class="indent" >   The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
 command:
-</p><!--l. 1995--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2004--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glossxtrsetpopts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11058"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 1997--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2006--><p class="noindent" >
 which by default just does
                                                                   
 
@@ -3699,7 +3715,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
 \glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2001--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
+<!--l. 2010--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
 glossary. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -3709,8 +3725,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-61">
 \renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2006--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2008--><p class="indent" >   For example,
+<!--l. 2015--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2017--><p class="indent" >   For example,
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3718,7 +3734,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-62">
 \glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2011--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+<!--l. 2020--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3728,7 +3744,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2017--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+<!--l. 2026--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3738,8 +3754,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2023--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2026--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 2032--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2035--><p class="indent" >   If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
 to
                                                                   
@@ -3749,11 +3765,11 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-65">
 {\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2030--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
+<!--l. 2039--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a 
 href="#catattr.headuc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-11059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2033--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
+</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" >   If <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-11060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -3760,8 +3776,8 @@
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9;
 (<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2037--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2046--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11061"></a> <span 
@@ -3770,9 +3786,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2040--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
 for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2042--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2051--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrp</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-11062"></a> <span 
@@ -3781,9 +3797,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2044--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
 for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2047--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
+</p><!--l. 2056--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-11063"></a> or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a 
@@ -3795,8 +3811,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a 
  id="dx1-11066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
 by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
+</p><!--l. 2062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" >   You can, with care, protect against issue&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
 start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
 commands like <span 
@@ -3803,7 +3819,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
 as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2061--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
+</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" >   If you <span 
 class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
                                                                   
 
@@ -3813,8 +3829,8 @@
 \newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}&#x00A0;enabled
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2065--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2068--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
+<!--l. 2074--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2077--><p class="indent" >   Example document:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -3844,16 +3860,16 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2106--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2115--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2108--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2117--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7   </span> <a 
  id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 2120--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
 redefines <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
@@ -3874,7 +3890,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
 \setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2119--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
+<!--l. 2128--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. For example, the following document using just
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
                                                                   
@@ -3892,7 +3908,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2132--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
+<!--l. 2141--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
                                                                   
 
@@ -3909,7 +3925,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2144--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
+<!--l. 2153--><p class="nopar" > Table&#x00A0;<a 
 href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
 predefined acronym styles provided by <span 
@@ -3924,7 +3940,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2151--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 2160--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -3948,34 +3964,34 @@
 id="TBL-2-1" /><col 
 id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2158--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span>      </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2159--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span>                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-12003"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2160--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12004"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-12005"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2161--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12006"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
  id="dx1-12007"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2162--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2171--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12008"></a> <br 
@@ -3992,64 +4008,64 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-12009"></a>                    </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2164--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12010"></a>                                                            </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-12011"></a>                </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12012"></a>                                                        </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a 
  id="dx1-12013"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2166--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12014"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12015"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2167--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12016"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12017"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2168--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12018"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12019"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2169--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12020"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12021"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2170--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12022"></a> <br 
@@ -4066,100 +4082,100 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12023"></a>             </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2172--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12024"></a>                                                      </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12025"></a>          </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2173--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12026"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12027"></a>         </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2183--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12028"></a>                                                 </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua</span><a 
  id="dx1-12029"></a>                            </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2175--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12030"></a>                                                         </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12031"></a>                     </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2176--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2185--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12032"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-12033"></a>                      </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2177--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2186--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12034"></a>                                                       </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12035"></a>                  </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2178--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2187--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12036"></a>                                                   </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a 
  id="dx1-12037"></a>                 </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2179--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2188--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12038"></a>                                                  </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12039"></a>               </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2189--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12040"></a>                                                </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12041"></a>            </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2181--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2190--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12042"></a>                                             </p></td>
 </tr><tr  
  style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"  
-class="td01"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+class="td01"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-12043"></a>           </p></td><td  style="white-space:wrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"  
-class="td10"><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+class="td10"><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-12044"></a>                                            </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -4168,7 +4184,7 @@
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" >   The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -4177,15 +4193,15 @@
 However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 2193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2202--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\RestoreAcronyms</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12045"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="noindent" >
 (before any use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2198--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -4195,7 +4211,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2213--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span 
@@ -4207,8 +4223,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-12049"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2212--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
+</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="indent" >   In general, there’s rarely any need for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a
 document that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a 
@@ -4222,7 +4238,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>3.5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
 details.)
-</p><!--l. 2219--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsacspace</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12052"></a> <span 
@@ -4229,7 +4245,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2230--><p class="noindent" >
 The space command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a 
@@ -4236,16 +4252,16 @@
  id="dx1-12053"></a> acronym style provided
 by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2234--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsacspacemax</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-12054"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2236--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
 changed using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2231--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 2240--><p class="indent" >   Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a 
  id="dx1-12055"></a> (such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
@@ -4260,15 +4276,15 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2236--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2238--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
+<!--l. 2245--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" >   The <a 
  id="dx1-12057"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2239--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the <a 
  id="dx1-12058"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a 
@@ -4275,12 +4291,12 @@
  id="dx1-12059"></a>.
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 2247--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
+</p><!--l. 2255--><p class="indent" >   The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 2256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition">  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2249--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2258--><p class="noindent" >
 is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-12060"></a>.
@@ -4287,10 +4303,10 @@
 This will be reset if you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 2254--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2263--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2257--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span 
+<!--l. 2266--><p class="noindent" >The default value of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a 
  id="dx1-13001"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
 of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
@@ -4297,7 +4313,7 @@
 take into account situations where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
 document.
-</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2271--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
  id="dx1-13002"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
 checking if <span 
@@ -4318,7 +4334,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
 using
-</p><!--l. 2274--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2283--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-13005"></a> <span 
@@ -4327,7 +4343,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">title</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -4336,13 +4352,13 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-72">
 \glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A&#x00A0;(a)}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2280--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 2289--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2282--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2291--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 2285--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
+<!--l. 2294--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14001"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a 
@@ -4362,12 +4378,12 @@
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This
 means you can make simple case-changing modifications to the name and description
 without defining a new glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 2291--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
+</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" >   There is a hook after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14006"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14007"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14008"></a> <span 
@@ -4374,7 +4390,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2295--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2304--><p class="noindent" >
 By default this checks the <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
 class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a 
@@ -4381,7 +4397,7 @@
  id="dx1-14009"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
 category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
 using
-</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2309--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a 
  id="dx1-14010"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4390,12 +4406,12 @@
 class="cmsy-10">{</span><span 
 class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span 
 class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2310--><p class="noindent" >
 See <a 
 href="#sec:autoindex"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2305--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
+</p><!--l. 2314--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4414,21 +4430,21 @@
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2316--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2318--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+<!--l. 2325--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" >   The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
 does
-</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2329--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpostdescription</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2331--><p class="noindent" >
 This occurs before the original <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot=false</span><a 
  id="dx1-14013"></a>
 option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 2327--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
+</p><!--l. 2336--><p class="indent" >   This new command will do <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category</span>&#x27E9; if it exists, where
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4441,18 +4457,18 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescacronym </span>for entries with the category set to <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-14015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2334--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
+</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" >   Since both <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 2335--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscurrententrylabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-14016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" >
 to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
 post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 2351--><p class="indent" >   For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
 description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-14017"></a> category, then you could
@@ -4465,10 +4481,10 @@
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;(plural:&#x00A0;\glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2348--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+<!--l. 2357--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
 more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
 underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 2353--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
+</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
 you redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span 
@@ -4486,16 +4502,16 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 that are missing <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2371--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2364--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4>
-<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
+<!--l. 2376--><p class="noindent" >The <a 
  id="dx1-15001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 2368--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15002"></a> <span 
@@ -4503,7 +4519,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="noindent" >
 This is internally used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
@@ -4513,20 +4529,20 @@
  id="dx1-15004"></a>number list, but it
 still saves the <a 
  id="dx1-15005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a 
  id="dx1-15006"></a>number list always use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span><a 
  id="dx1-15007"></a> option
 instead of redefining <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="indent" >   If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a 
+</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" >   If you want to, for example, change the font for the entire <a 
  id="dx1-15008"></a>number list
 then redefine <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2386--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2395--><p class="indent" >   Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a 
  id="dx1-15009"></a>number list. This
 is quite fiddly to do with the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span 
@@ -4533,7 +4549,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
 way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
 using:
-</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2400--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-15010"></a> <span 
@@ -4543,7 +4559,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">pages</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">page</span>&#x27E9; is the text to display if the <a 
  id="dx1-15011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -4556,15 +4572,15 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
 \GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page:&#x00A0;}{Pages:&#x00A0;}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2399--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
+<!--l. 2408--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 2411--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
 number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2405--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2416--><p class="indent" >   See the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2409--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
+</p><!--l. 2418--><p class="indent" >   Note that <a 
  id="dx1-15012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
@@ -4571,13 +4587,13 @@
  id="dx1-15013"></a></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
 location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2413--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2422--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8.3   </span> <a 
  id="x1-160002.8.3"></a>The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4>
-<!--l. 2416--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
+<!--l. 2425--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a 
  id="dx1-16001"></a> that
@@ -4594,7 +4610,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2425--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
+<!--l. 2434--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -4610,7 +4626,7 @@
 \usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2433--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
+<!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-16003"></a> key when you load <span 
@@ -4627,7 +4643,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-78">
 \usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2440--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
+<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a 
 href="#styopt.stylemods"><span 
 class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-16005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -4639,7 +4655,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
 \usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2445--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+<!--l. 2454--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -4647,8 +4663,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
 \usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2449--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
+<!--l. 2458--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="indent" >   Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">inline</span><a 
  id="dx1-16006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
 provided by the <span 
@@ -4672,7 +4688,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span><a 
  id="dx1-16009"></a> option, but the post-description
 category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 2465--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" >   As from version 1.05, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
 additional commands for use with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
@@ -4685,7 +4701,7 @@
  id="dx1-16012"></a> option has been used when loading
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\eglssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16013"></a> <span 
@@ -4694,7 +4710,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2484--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
@@ -4701,7 +4717,7 @@
  id="dx1-16014"></a>) but performs a protected
 expansion on &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9;. This has a localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2488--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\xglssetwidest</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16015"></a> <span 
@@ -4710,16 +4726,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2481--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="noindent" >
 The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" >
 for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetwidestsubname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16017"></a> <span 
@@ -4726,15 +4742,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">level</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">level</span>&#x27E9; is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
+</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="indent" >   The command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a 
  id="dx1-16018"></a> has a
 CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16019"></a> <span 
@@ -4742,9 +4758,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2505--><p class="noindent" >
 Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16020"></a> <span 
@@ -4753,7 +4769,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="noindent" >
 This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
 useful if the glossaries that use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
@@ -4764,7 +4780,7 @@
                                                                   
 place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
 next run.)
-</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16022"></a> <span 
@@ -4772,12 +4788,12 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2519--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-16023"></a> key. This is useful if
 all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2524--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyName</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16024"></a> <span 
@@ -4784,10 +4800,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2517--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16025"></a> <span 
@@ -4795,11 +4811,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
 as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 2528--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16026"></a> <span 
@@ -4807,10 +4823,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2539--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2534--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2543--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16027"></a> <span 
@@ -4821,12 +4837,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2546--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
 of the widest symbol is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2542--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16028"></a> <span 
@@ -4837,10 +4853,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2548--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2557--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16029"></a> <span 
@@ -4853,7 +4869,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2560--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a 
  id="dx1-16030"></a><a 
@@ -4867,7 +4883,7 @@
  id="dx1-16032"></a>number
 list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2559--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2568--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16033"></a> <span 
@@ -4880,10 +4896,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">location register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2562--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2571--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2566--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2575--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16034"></a> <span 
@@ -4897,13 +4913,13 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2578--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
 symbol. The length of the widest <a 
  id="dx1-16035"></a>number list is stored in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">register</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2574--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16036"></a> <span 
@@ -4914,13 +4930,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">register</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2586--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
 used.
-</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
+</p><!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" >   The layout of the symbol, description and <a 
  id="dx1-16037"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is governed by
-</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16038"></a> <span 
@@ -4931,9 +4947,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2585--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="noindent" >
 for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 2587--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16039"></a> <span 
@@ -4944,27 +4960,27 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">number list</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2589--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="noindent" >
 for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 2592--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2601--><p class="indent" >   There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
  id="dx1-16040"></a>
 style:
-</p><!--l. 2594--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2603--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralttreeInit</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16041"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2596--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 2605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2607--><p class="indent" >   The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
 is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 2600--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2609--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-16042"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2602--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2613--><p class="indent" >   For additional commands that are available with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a 
  id="dx1-16043"></a> style, see the
 documented code (<span 
@@ -4978,11 +4994,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 2611--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 2611--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2620--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 2620--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a 
  id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 2614--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
 “laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
 pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
 replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -4996,10 +5012,10 @@
 class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
 more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
 glossary.
-</p><!--l. 2626--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2635--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
 abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 2628--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2637--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17002"></a> <span 
@@ -5013,8 +5029,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2630--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2632--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2639--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2641--><p class="indent" >   This sets the <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
  id="dx1-17003"></a> key to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may be
@@ -5037,7 +5053,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 2642--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
+</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" >   See <a 
 href="#sec:nested"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.6 </a><a 
 href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span 
@@ -5048,10 +5064,10 @@
  id="dx1-17008"></a> within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; or &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 2646--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
 or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2651--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2660--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-17009"></a> command provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
@@ -5065,7 +5081,7 @@
 href="#sec:acronymmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newacronym</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-17011"></a> <span 
@@ -5078,7 +5094,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2657--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" >
 is
 now
 equivalent
@@ -5104,7 +5120,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 2664--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2673--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
 package’s <span 
@@ -5124,13 +5140,13 @@
 styles provided by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
 results.)
-</p><!--l. 2674--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="indent" >   The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
 to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
 unlike the base <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
 the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 2680--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 2689--><p class="indent" >   There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
 <a 
  id="dx1-17016"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span 
@@ -5151,7 +5167,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-17021"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
 different.
-</p><!--l. 2687--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
+</p><!--l. 2696--><p class="indent" >   These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-17022"></a>, <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
@@ -5171,13 +5187,13 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
 </p>
-<!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2704--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 2698--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 2707--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
 underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 2701--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2710--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-18001"></a> <span 
@@ -5188,9 +5204,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2703--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2712--><p class="noindent" >
 before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 2706--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="indent" >   This command (robustly) defines &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (a control sequence) to accept a single
 argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
 behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -5199,7 +5215,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-18002"></a> attribute set to
 “true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 2713--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2722--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrtagfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-18003"></a> <span 
@@ -5206,7 +5222,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2715--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2724--><p class="noindent" >
 This command defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a 
  id="dx1-18004"></a><span 
@@ -5213,7 +5229,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 2719--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" >   The control sequence &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
 version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -5225,7 +5241,7 @@
                                                                   
 forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
 it.
-</p><!--l. 2728--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
+</p><!--l. 2737--><p class="indent" >   The first argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated list
 of category names. The <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
@@ -5236,7 +5252,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but
 this must be done before the glossary is displayed.
-</p><!--l. 2735--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 2744--><p class="indent" >   The accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
 the <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
@@ -5250,7 +5266,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
 \GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2740--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
+<!--l. 2749--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
 example:
                                                                   
@@ -5269,18 +5285,18 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{e\itag{x}tensible&#x00A0;\itag{m}arkup&#x00A0;\itag{l}anguage}
 </div>
-<!--l. 2755--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+<!--l. 2764--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
 entries with the <a 
 href="#catattr.tagging"><span 
 class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-18008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2760--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 2763--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 2772--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 2774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\setabbreviationstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19001"></a> <span 
@@ -5290,7 +5306,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the style and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category</span>&#x27E9; is the category label
@@ -5312,11 +5328,11 @@
  id="dx1-19004"></a> attribute to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2778--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 2787--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
 different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2782--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2784--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 2791--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2793--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a 
  id="dx1-19005"></a> is disabled by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -5337,7 +5353,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.7 </a><a 
 href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym interface is
 incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 2794--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
+<!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" >   Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-19007"></a>,
@@ -5347,7 +5363,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a 
  id="dx1-19009"></a>).
 The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 2798--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19010"></a> <span 
@@ -5358,12 +5374,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-19011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2803--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 2804--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="indent" >   The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 2813--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19012"></a> <span 
@@ -5374,13 +5390,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2806--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="noindent" >
 (Use this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a 
  id="dx1-19013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2809--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 2818--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 2810--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2819--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19014"></a> <span 
@@ -5391,11 +5407,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2812--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2821--><p class="noindent" >
 (This this instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-19015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2815--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 2824--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-19016"></a> for abbreviations,
 especially if you use the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -5403,8 +5419,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
 reset) or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2820--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2822--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2831--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
 used on <a 
  id="dx1-19017"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span 
@@ -5415,21 +5431,21 @@
 short form on <a 
  id="dx1-19019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
 short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 2829--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
 commands described in <a 
 href="#sec:headtitle"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and
 Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2833--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2835--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" >   The arguments &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; are the same as for commands such as
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 2839--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19020"></a> <span 
@@ -5440,9 +5456,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2842--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2844--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2853--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19021"></a> <span 
@@ -5453,9 +5469,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2847--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2849--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2858--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19022"></a> <span 
@@ -5466,12 +5482,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 2861--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" >   All upper case short form:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19023"></a> <span 
@@ -5482,9 +5498,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2859--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 2860--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="indent" >   All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19024"></a> <span 
@@ -5495,9 +5511,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" >   All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19025"></a> <span 
@@ -5508,10 +5524,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2876--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" >   Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="indent" >   Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19026"></a> <span 
@@ -5522,8 +5538,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2874--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2884--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19027"></a> <span 
@@ -5534,8 +5550,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2887--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19028"></a> <span 
@@ -5546,9 +5562,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2880--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2882--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2883--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="indent" >   Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19029"></a> <span 
@@ -5559,8 +5575,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2885--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2895--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19030"></a> <span 
@@ -5571,8 +5587,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19031"></a> <span 
@@ -5583,9 +5599,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2891--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2893--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="indent" >   Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19032"></a> <span 
@@ -5596,8 +5612,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2896--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2897--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19033"></a> <span 
@@ -5608,8 +5624,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2899--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 2908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-19034"></a> <span 
@@ -5620,8 +5636,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
+</p><!--l. 2911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -5636,13 +5652,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 2910--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2921--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
+<!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the package option
 <a 
 href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span 
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
@@ -5664,7 +5680,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" >   <a 
+<!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" >   <a 
  id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" 
 >
                                                                   
@@ -5978,10 +5994,10 @@
                                                                   
    </div><hr class="endfloat" />
    </div>
-<!--l. 2960--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 2969--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 2963--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 2972--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
 regular entry (so that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-21001"></a> uses <span 
@@ -5992,7 +6008,7 @@
  id="dx1-21003"></a> uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a 
  id="dx1-21004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2968--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" >   The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
@@ -6017,7 +6033,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-21013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2977--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2986--><p class="indent" >   The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21014"></a> attribute. The <span 
@@ -6037,7 +6053,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a 
  id="dx1-21019"></a> that are defined by the
 style).
-</p><!--l. 2985--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 2994--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the <a 
  id="dx1-21020"></a>first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-21021"></a> may not match the text produced by
@@ -6044,10 +6060,10 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a 
  id="dx1-21022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 2989--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
+</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="indent" >   The sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
 described here.
-</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 3001--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-21023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
 some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
@@ -6056,12 +6072,12 @@
  id="dx1-21024"></a> package with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">T1</span>
 option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2998--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3000--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3009--><p class="indent" >   The parenthetical styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21025"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3002--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3011--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrparen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21026"></a> <span 
@@ -6068,11 +6084,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3004--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3013--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
 (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 3008--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="indent" >   The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21027"></a> and <a 
@@ -6079,7 +6095,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21028"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3019--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21029"></a> <span 
@@ -6086,11 +6102,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3012--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3021--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form. This just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; by default. (That is, no font change is
 applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21030"></a> <span 
@@ -6097,11 +6113,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3017--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
 formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 3020--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21031"></a> <span 
@@ -6111,10 +6127,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3022--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >
 which again just does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 3024--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3033--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21032"></a> <span 
@@ -6121,20 +6137,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3026--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3035--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
 short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 3029--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3031--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a 
  id="dx1-21034"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3034--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" >   The small-cap styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21035"></a> and <a 
@@ -6141,7 +6157,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21036"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3036--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvscfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21037"></a> <span 
@@ -6148,13 +6164,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x3" id="fn1x3-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><a 
  id="x1-21038f1"></a>
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3053--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21039"></a> <span 
@@ -6161,7 +6177,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3046--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -6168,17 +6184,17 @@
 to change first and subsequent uses or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
 first use.
-</p><!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 3060--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3063--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrscsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21040"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" >
 This is defined as
                                                                   
 
@@ -6187,7 +6203,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3060--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+<!--l. 3069--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a 
  id="dx1-21041"></a> command is provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off the
@@ -6207,7 +6223,7 @@
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 3071--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" >   The small styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21045"></a> and <a 
@@ -6214,7 +6230,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21046"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 3073--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21047"></a> <span 
@@ -6221,7 +6237,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
 which uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span 
 class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a 
@@ -6228,7 +6244,7 @@
  id="dx1-21048"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 3080--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3089--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21049"></a> <span 
@@ -6235,23 +6251,23 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3091--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 3085--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 3094--><p class="indent" >   The long form for the smaller styles uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3088--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsmsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21050"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3090--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3102--><p class="indent" >   The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21051"></a> or <a 
@@ -6259,7 +6275,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21052"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21053"></a> <span 
@@ -6266,9 +6282,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" >
 On first use
-</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21054"></a> <span 
@@ -6275,20 +6291,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
 is used instead. This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
 by
-</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtremsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21055"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3106--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >
 which defaults to just <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
 style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 3111--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" >   The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21056"></a> or <a 
@@ -6296,7 +6312,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21057"></a>,
 use
-</p><!--l. 3113--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3122--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21058"></a> <span 
@@ -6303,12 +6319,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3115--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>and
-</p><!--l. 3117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongemfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21059"></a> <span 
@@ -6318,7 +6334,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >
 instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long-form</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -6326,8 +6342,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
 is initialised to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3123--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 3124--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" >   The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21060"></a> <span 
@@ -6334,9 +6350,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21061"></a> <span 
@@ -6343,9 +6359,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3139--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3141--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslonguserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21062"></a> <span 
@@ -6352,9 +6368,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3134--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonguserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21063"></a> <span 
@@ -6361,17 +6377,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3140--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21064"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3151--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 3146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvhyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21065"></a> <span 
@@ -6378,9 +6394,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3148--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3150--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3159--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21066"></a> <span 
@@ -6387,9 +6403,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3161--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslonghyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21067"></a> <span 
@@ -6396,9 +6412,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3156--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3158--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21068"></a> <span 
@@ -6405,20 +6421,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrhyphensuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21069"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3164--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3167--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 3176--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21070"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3169--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3178--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21071"></a> <span 
@@ -6425,9 +6441,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3180--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 3173--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3182--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21072"></a> <span 
@@ -6434,9 +6450,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3175--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 3177--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21073"></a> <span 
@@ -6443,9 +6459,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3188--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 3181--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongonlyfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21074"></a> <span 
@@ -6455,25 +6471,25 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 3183--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
 for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtronlysuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21075"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3187--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 3190--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 3199--><p class="indent" >   Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
 commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
 move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 3193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3202--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21076"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3204--><p class="noindent" >
 This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -6484,17 +6500,17 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
 </div>
-<!--l. 3201--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+<!--l. 3210--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
 (without <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
 emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
+</p><!--l. 3215--><p class="indent" >   Note that for some styles, such as the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21077"></a>, the inserted text would be
 placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
 above example).
-</p><!--l. 3210--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
+</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" >   Remember that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span 
 class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
 letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -6508,8 +6524,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3217--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3219--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+<!--l. 3226--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" >   If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
 easier to redefine this command to convert case:
                                                                   
 
@@ -6519,9 +6535,9 @@
 \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3225--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3227--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 3234--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" >   Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 3237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21078"></a> <span 
@@ -6528,7 +6544,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3230--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" >
 as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
 default, but may be changed as required. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -6538,7 +6554,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3235--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 3244--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -6546,8 +6562,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 3239--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+<!--l. 3248--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3250--><p class="indent" >   The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9;[<span 
@@ -6558,7 +6574,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>&#x27E9;][<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
-     <!--l. 3246--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
+     <!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; parts may be omitted.
      These styles display &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -6567,23 +6583,23 @@
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9; starts
      with “no” then the parenthetical element is omitted from the display style
      but is included in the inline style.
-     </p><!--l. 3252--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3261--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier</span>&#x27E9; part is present, then the field has a font changing command
      applied to it.
-     </p><!--l. 3255--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3264--><p class="noindent" >If  <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is  present  then  &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field2</span>&#x27E9;  is  placed  after  the  <a 
  id="dx1-21079"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>  using  the
      post-link hook.
-     </p><!--l. 3258--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3267--><p class="noindent" >If the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span 
 class="cmss-10">user1</span><a 
  id="dx1-21080"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
      into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
      may be changed.)
-     </p><!--l. 3262--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span 
@@ -6639,7 +6655,7 @@
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
-     <!--l. 3286--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
+     <!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21087"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
@@ -6655,7 +6671,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21090"></a> style is a minor variation that
      style that doesn’t set the attribute.
-     </p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
+     </p><!--l. 3302--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-21091"></a>, that have
@@ -6673,7 +6689,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span 
 class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span 
 class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
-     <!--l. 3303--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a 
@@ -6682,12 +6698,12 @@
      post-link hook. The inline style does &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; followed by the other field in
      parentheses.
-     </p><!--l. 3309--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3318--><p class="noindent" >If <span 
 class="cmtt-10">-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>&#x27E9; is present, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field1</span>&#x27E9; has a font-changing command applied to
      it.
-     </p><!--l. 3312--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 3321--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
@@ -6701,21 +6717,21 @@
  id="dx1-21095"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
          the footnote outside of the <a 
  id="dx1-21096"></a>link-text.</li></ul>
-     <!--l. 3320--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+     <!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
      where <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-21097"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3323--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3332--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></li>
      <li class="itemize">&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
-     <!--l. 3327--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 3336--><p class="noindent" >Like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">style</span>&#x27E9; but the <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-21098"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
      with this style.
-     </p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+     </p><!--l. 3339--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
          <ul class="itemize2">
          <li class="itemize"><a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span 
@@ -6737,12 +6753,12 @@
 
                                                                   
      </li></ul>
-<!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" >   Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
 styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
 the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
 the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
 using:
-</p><!--l. 3346--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-21103"></a> <span 
@@ -6753,17 +6769,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">old-name</span>&#x27E9; is the deprecated name and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">new-name</span>&#x27E9; is the preferred name. You
 can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3354--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 3357--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
+<!--l. 3366--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-22001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
@@ -6982,7 +6998,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;
      (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;).
-     <!--l. 3427--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+     <!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-22050"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
@@ -7192,12 +7208,12 @@
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-22099"></a> attribute.
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 3506--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 3515--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.4.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 3509--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
+<!--l. 3518--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
@@ -7331,12 +7347,12 @@
  id="dx1-23028"></a> style
      but additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
      checks the value of the field given by
-     <!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3565--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3574--><p class="noindent" >
      (which defaults to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
@@ -7354,7 +7370,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-value</span>&#x27E9;). The format is
      governed by
-     </p><!--l. 3573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtruserparen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23032"></a> <span 
@@ -7363,7 +7379,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3575--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3584--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; is the short form (for the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span 
@@ -7377,7 +7393,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a 
  id="dx1-23035"></a>).
-     </p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" >The &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 3591--><p class="noindent" >The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; argument includes the font formatting command, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span>
      <span 
@@ -7394,7 +7410,7 @@
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23037"></a> style.
-     </p><!--l. 3588--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+     </p><!--l. 3597--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7406,20 +7422,20 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;[user1={German&#x00A0;Speaking&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;User&#x00A0;Group}]
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\&#x00A0;e.V}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3598--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 3607--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
+         <!--l. 3610--><p class="noindent" ><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;User Group (TUG)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3603--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+     <!--l. 3612--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3605--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige  Anwendervereinigung  <span class="TEX">T<span 
+         <!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige  Anwendervereinigung  <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;e.V  (DANTE,
          German Speaking <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;User Group)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
-     </p><!--l. 3609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+     </p><!--l. 3618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvuserfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23038"></a> <span 
@@ -7426,15 +7442,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3611--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3620--><p class="noindent" >
      and the plural suffix is given by
-     </p><!--l. 3613--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3622--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusersuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
+     </p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3626--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a&#x00A0;smallcaps
      style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a 
@@ -7448,7 +7464,7 @@
      \renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
      &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3623--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 3632--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span 
@@ -7495,12 +7511,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;). Before version 1.04, this was
      incorrectly set to the short form. If you want to revert back to this you can
      redefine
-     <!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23051"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -7509,7 +7525,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
      \renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3646--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
+     <!--l. 3655--><p class="nopar" > The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-23052"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short forms are
      separated by <span 
@@ -7850,7 +7866,7 @@
      marker may be, if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-23131"></a> package is used).
-     <!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -7858,8 +7874,8 @@
      form. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-23133"></a> is set to the long form.
-     </p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 3767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3775--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23134"></a> <span 
@@ -7867,10 +7883,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form on <a 
  id="dx1-23135"></a>first use or for the full form and
-     </p><!--l. 3771--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongfootnotefont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23136"></a> <span 
@@ -7877,11 +7893,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" >
      to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
-     </p><!--l. 3777--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
-     </p><!--l. 3778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 3786--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+     </p><!--l. 3787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23137"></a> <span 
@@ -7890,7 +7906,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
      By default, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a 
  id="dx1-23138"></a><span 
@@ -7908,7 +7924,7 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3788--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+     <!--l. 3797--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -7918,7 +7934,7 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}:&#x00A0;#2}%
      &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3794--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
+     <!--l. 3803--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
      (see <a 
 href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span 
@@ -8009,7 +8025,7 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a 
  id="dx1-23158"></a>.
-     <!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 3840--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;) style. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -8151,7 +8167,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23188"></a> category attribute. The full form is formatted
      using
-     <!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 3898--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23189"></a> <span 
@@ -8169,7 +8185,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 3891--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >
      where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
      commands like <span 
@@ -8184,7 +8200,7 @@
      attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this
      attribute isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is
      displayed.)
-     </p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 3909--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9; (&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;) type of styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
@@ -8193,7 +8209,7 @@
      repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
      is:
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3905--><p class="noindent" ><span 
+         <!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" ><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">long</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8203,7 +8219,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">short</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3908--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+     <!--l. 3917--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -8212,7 +8228,7 @@
      moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 3913--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
+     </p><!--l. 3922--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span 
 class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
                                                                   
 
@@ -8223,7 +8239,7 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3918--><p class="nopar" > then
+     <!--l. 3927--><p class="nopar" > then
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -8231,10 +8247,10 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3922--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 3931--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3925--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3927--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+         <!--l. 3934--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 3936--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -8242,11 +8258,11 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-96">
      \gls{ip}[&#x00A0;Address]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3930--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 3939--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3935--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
-     </p><!--l. 3937--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+         <!--l. 3942--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 3944--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+     </p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
                                                                   
@@ -8256,12 +8272,12 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
      \glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3942--><p class="nopar" > will do
+     <!--l. 3951--><p class="nopar" > will do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
+         <!--l. 3954--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></div>
      </div>
-     <!--l. 3947--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 3949--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
+     <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >If the <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23193"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
@@ -8272,11 +8288,11 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98">
      \gls{ip}[-Adressen]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3953--><p class="nopar" > would do
+     <!--l. 3962--><p class="nopar" > would do
          </p><div class="quote">
-         <!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
-     <!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >instead.
-     </p><!--l. 3960--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
+         <!--l. 3965--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></div>
+     <!--l. 3967--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+     </p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; is likely to contain commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
      then use <a 
@@ -8284,8 +8300,8 @@
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23194"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+     </p><!--l. 3973--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 3975--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -8298,7 +8314,7 @@
      \renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
      &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 3972--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+     <!--l. 3981--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span 
@@ -8331,7 +8347,7 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-23199"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 3992--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 4001--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23200"></a> but the user
@@ -8342,7 +8358,7 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a 
  id="dx1-23201"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 3998--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23202"></a> but the
@@ -8368,7 +8384,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     </p><!--l. 4006--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23203"></a> <span 
@@ -8377,7 +8393,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4008--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
      <br />&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; (<span 
@@ -8389,15 +8405,15 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-     </p><!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4023--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
      <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23204"></a>.) </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4017--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4019--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
-     </p><!--l. 4020--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4028--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+     </p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrlonghyphen</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23205"></a> <span 
@@ -8409,7 +8425,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" >
      checks if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -8422,7 +8438,7 @@
      this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-     </p><!--l. 4031--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4040--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -8429,8 +8445,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4034--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4036--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -8447,7 +8463,7 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-23206"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 4043--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23207"></a> but the
@@ -8463,7 +8479,7 @@
  id="dx1-23209"></a>,
      except that the short form is displayed first followed by the long form in
      parentheses. The full form is formatted using
-     <!--l. 4052--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 4061--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23210"></a> <span 
@@ -8478,7 +8494,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4063--><p class="noindent" >
      which behaves in an analogous way to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -8487,7 +8503,7 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-23211"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 4059--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 4068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23212"></a> but the user
@@ -8527,7 +8543,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
      where
-     <!--l. 4073--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrposthyphenlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-23215"></a> <span 
@@ -8536,13 +8552,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;
      </div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4075--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" >
      is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
      those used with <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23216"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4088--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">insert</span>&#x27E9; part for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -8549,8 +8565,8 @@
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4084--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
      behaves differently to the first use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -8567,7 +8583,7 @@
 class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-23217"></a> </dt><dd 
 class="description">
-     <!--l. 4091--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
+     <!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-23218"></a> but the
@@ -8574,13 +8590,13 @@
      user supplies the description.
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 4097--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4106--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.5   </span> <a 
  id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 4100--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 4109--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 4110--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\newabbreviationstyle</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24001"></a> <span 
@@ -8592,8 +8608,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4113--><p class="noindent" >where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a 
@@ -8605,7 +8621,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 unless you have reverted <span 
@@ -8619,17 +8635,17 @@
 package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4120--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
 set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
 redefine
-</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24006"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" >
 to set the entry fields including the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-24007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
@@ -8647,12 +8663,12 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">description</span><a 
  id="dx1-24013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
+</p><!--l. 4141--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
 protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24014"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8674,7 +8690,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={\the\glslongtok}}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 4151--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
+<!--l. 4160--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-24015"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
@@ -8681,7 +8697,7 @@
  id="dx1-24016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" >   The basic styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24017"></a>, use commands like <span 
@@ -8699,17 +8715,17 @@
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument even if they’re not used within
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4173--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9; argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
 which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
 nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 4171--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24020"></a> includes the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -8728,7 +8744,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 4182--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
+<!--l. 4191--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a 
@@ -8740,24 +8756,24 @@
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
 other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" >   You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
 following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4201--><p class="indent" >   Short value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsshorttok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4204--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" >   Short plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4198--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4207--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsshortpltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24025"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4209--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
@@ -8764,22 +8780,22 @@
  id="dx1-24026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-24027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" >   Long value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongtok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24028"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4210--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4219--><p class="indent" >   Long plural value (defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4220--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongpltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24029"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4213--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4222--><p class="noindent" >
 (This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
 through the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
@@ -8786,7 +8802,7 @@
  id="dx1-24030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-24031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 4218--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
+</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" >   The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a 
 href="#catattr.markwords"><span 
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24032"></a>). The
@@ -8794,19 +8810,19 @@
 (unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 4223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4232--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorgshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24033"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4234--><p class="noindent" >
 for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrorglong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24034"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4229--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" >
 for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-24035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
@@ -8814,37 +8830,37 @@
 
                                                                   
 may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 4233--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" >   There are two other registers available that are defined by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 4236--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4245--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslabeltok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24036"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4238--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4247--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 4240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glskeylisttok</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24037"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
 which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-24038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" >   Remember put <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
 The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 4249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscategorylabel</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
 This may be used inside the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 4256--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24040"></a> <span 
@@ -8851,7 +8867,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span 
@@ -8865,28 +8881,28 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102">
 \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4263--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 4272--><p class="nopar" > within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">setup</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" >   The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
 This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4270--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" >   The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-24042"></a>
 key):
-</p><!--l. 4272--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24043"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="noindent" >
 (Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 4278--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
+</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on <a 
  id="dx1-24044"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 4279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24045"></a> <span 
@@ -8893,12 +8909,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4281--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a 
  id="dx1-24046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 4285--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsabbrvfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24047"></a> <span 
@@ -8905,10 +8921,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4289--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
+</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form on <a 
  id="dx1-24048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfirstlongfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24049"></a> <span 
@@ -8915,10 +8931,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
+</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" >   The font used for the long form in commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslongfont</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24050"></a> <span 
@@ -8925,8 +8941,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-24051"></a> on <a 
  id="dx1-24052"></a>first use for
@@ -8934,7 +8950,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24054"></a> <span 
@@ -8943,8 +8959,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4307--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4316--><p class="indent" >   Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-24055"></a> on
 <a 
@@ -8952,7 +8968,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4310--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24058"></a> <span 
@@ -8961,8 +8977,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24059"></a> on <a 
  id="dx1-24060"></a>first use for
@@ -8970,7 +8986,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4317--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24062"></a> <span 
@@ -8982,8 +8998,8 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4319--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4321--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4330--><p class="indent" >   Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24063"></a> on
 <a 
@@ -8992,7 +9008,7 @@
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 4324--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrfullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24066"></a> <span 
@@ -9001,12 +9017,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4326--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4328--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4337--><p class="indent" >   In addition &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9; may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
 full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
 display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-24067"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a 
@@ -9014,7 +9030,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-24069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24070"></a> <span 
@@ -9024,14 +9040,14 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" >   Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-24071"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a 
  id="dx1-24072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24073"></a> <span 
@@ -9041,8 +9057,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4353--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural no case-change (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24074"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
@@ -9050,7 +9066,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24077"></a> <span 
@@ -9060,14 +9076,14 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4348--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4350--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4359--><p class="indent" >   Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24078"></a> and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a 
  id="dx1-24079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4361--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24080"></a> <span 
@@ -9077,8 +9093,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="indent" >   (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
 formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
 abbreviations with the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
@@ -9085,8 +9101,8 @@
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
 commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 4362--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 4363--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" >   Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24082"></a> <span 
@@ -9095,9 +9111,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4365--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" >   Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24083"></a> <span 
@@ -9106,12 +9122,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4370--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" >   Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24084"></a> <span 
@@ -9121,9 +9137,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" >   Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24085"></a> <span 
@@ -9133,8 +9149,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4380--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
+</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" >   If you want to provide support for <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-24086"></a> use the following
 <span 
@@ -9153,7 +9169,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9;
 command.)
-</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
+</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" >   For example, the <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24088"></a> style has the following in &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -9191,10 +9207,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 4420--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+<!--l. 4429--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
 display versions.
-</p><!--l. 4424--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 4425--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" >   If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 4434--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-24089"></a> <span 
@@ -9201,7 +9217,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="noindent" >
 within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">fmts</span>&#x27E9;, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -9217,8 +9233,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
 &#x00A0;&#x00A0;\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 4433--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4435--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
+<!--l. 4442--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" >   Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-24091"></a> that displays
@@ -9239,7 +9255,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4448--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
 such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span 
 class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a 
@@ -9252,7 +9268,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
 styles.
-</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" >   For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
                                                                   
@@ -9259,11 +9275,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4468--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a 
  id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
 or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
@@ -9297,9 +9313,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-25004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
      contents.</li></ul>
-<!--l. 4483--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+<!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
 issues).
-</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="indent" >   To get around all these problems, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="indent" >   To get around all these problems, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
 using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a 
@@ -9330,7 +9346,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-106">
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4499--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
+<!--l. 4508--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-25008"></a>:
                                                                   
@@ -9341,8 +9357,8 @@
 \chapter{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about
 &#x00A0;<br />\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4504--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+<!--l. 4513--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" >   Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
 this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span 
@@ -9356,7 +9372,7 @@
 header using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a 
  id="dx1-25009"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a 
  id="dx1-25010"></a> and
@@ -9364,12 +9380,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a 
  id="dx1-25011"></a>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their former definitions
 using
-</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25012"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="noindent" >
 In this case, you’ll have to use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either
 simply using <span 
@@ -9383,13 +9399,13 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-108">
 \chapter[A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\glsentryshort{html}]{A&#x00A0;Chapter&#x00A0;about&#x00A0;\gls{html}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 4529--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
+<!--l. 4538--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" >   If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
 use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
 still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
 don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" >   The commands listed below all use <span 
+</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" >   The commands listed below all use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a 
  id="dx1-25013"></a> if <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
@@ -9398,7 +9414,7 @@
 bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert the first letter to
 upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used for the
 bookmarks.
-</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
+</p><!--l. 4552--><p class="indent" >   These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>(or
 equivalent) with the options <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
@@ -9411,7 +9427,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-25017"></a> attribute to “true” for the
 appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 4551--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4560--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-25018"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
 provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
@@ -9429,9 +9445,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a 
  id="dx1-25020"></a> package in this case.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" >   Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25021"></a> <span 
@@ -9438,9 +9454,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4576--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25022"></a> <span 
@@ -9447,9 +9463,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4574--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25023"></a> <span 
@@ -9456,10 +9472,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 4590--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25024"></a> <span 
@@ -9469,10 +9485,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4586--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 4587--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="indent" >   Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25025"></a> <span 
@@ -9479,9 +9495,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4591--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 4592--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4598--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4600--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 4601--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25026"></a> <span 
@@ -9488,9 +9504,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25027"></a> <span 
@@ -9497,10 +9513,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4599--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 4603--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4611--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtlongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25028"></a> <span 
@@ -9507,14 +9523,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4608--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" >   There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span 
 class="cmti-10">inline</span>
 full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4612--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 4613--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="indent" >   Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25029"></a> <span 
@@ -9521,9 +9537,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4626--><p class="indent" >   Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 4627--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25030"></a> <span 
@@ -9530,9 +9546,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4622--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 4623--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 4632--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfull</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25031"></a> <span 
@@ -9539,10 +9555,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4625--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4628--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 4629--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4637--><p class="indent" >   First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfullpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25032"></a> <span 
@@ -9549,12 +9565,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4631--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4634--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="indent" >   There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-25033"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 4636--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4645--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmttext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25034"></a> <span 
@@ -9561,9 +9577,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4640--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4641--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4650--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmttext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25035"></a> <span 
@@ -9570,10 +9586,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4643--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4652--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4646--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 4647--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 4656--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25036"></a> <span 
@@ -9583,9 +9599,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 4651--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25037"></a> <span 
@@ -9592,11 +9608,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4655--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="indent" >   Similarly for the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-25038"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 4657--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25039"></a> <span 
@@ -9603,9 +9619,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4661--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 4662--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="indent" >   First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 4671--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25040"></a> <span 
@@ -9612,10 +9628,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
 (No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" >   The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsfmtfirstpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25041"></a> <span 
@@ -9622,9 +9638,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4670--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 4672--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4681--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsfmtfirstpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-25042"></a> <span 
@@ -9631,16 +9647,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4683--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 4685--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a 
  id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4679--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" >   Each entry defined by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-26001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
 such as <span 
@@ -9654,7 +9670,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-26004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
 active.)
-</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 4697--><p class="indent" >   The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
 in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
 type. Be careful not to confuse <span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span><a 
@@ -9661,7 +9677,7 @@
  id="dx1-26005"></a> with <span 
 class="cmss-10">type</span><a 
  id="dx1-26006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" >   The default category assumed by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-26007"></a>.
@@ -9674,7 +9690,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
  id="dx1-26009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
+</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" >   Additionally, if you have enabled <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a 
  id="dx1-26010"></a> with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span><a 
@@ -9699,8 +9715,8 @@
 option, that command will set the category to <span 
 class="cmss-10">number</span><a 
  id="dx1-26018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 4709--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" >   You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 4718--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26019"></a> <span 
@@ -9707,12 +9723,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
 expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 4716--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 4717--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" >   You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26020"></a> <span 
@@ -9727,7 +9743,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4720--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" >
 This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -9753,7 +9769,7 @@
 </div> so any restrictions that apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 4729--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
+<!--l. 4738--><p class="indent" >   Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-26022"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a 
@@ -9768,7 +9784,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4737--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
+</p><!--l. 4746--><p class="indent" >   Other attributes recognised by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -9809,7 +9825,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26032"></a> attribute then just
      redefine
-     <!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26033"></a> <span 
@@ -9816,7 +9832,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" >
      to do nothing.
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
@@ -9866,7 +9882,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. (Provided
      for entries such as abbreviations that end with a full stop.)
-     <!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+     <!--l. 4788--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
      full stop. For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -9878,7 +9894,7 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{dante}{DANTE&#x00A0;e.V.}{Deutschsprachige&#x00A0;Anwendervereinigung&#x00A0;\TeX\
      &#x00A0;<br />e.V.}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4786--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
+     <!--l. 4795--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-26044"></a> and <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
@@ -9894,7 +9910,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
      \glsuseri{dante}[.]
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4793--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
+     <!--l. 4802--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a 
  id="dx1-26047"></a><a 
 href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
      discarded.
@@ -9940,14 +9956,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a 
  id="dx1-26055"></a>
      will automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
-     <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 4821--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrwordsep</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26056"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4823--><p class="noindent" >
      and each word is encapsulated with
-     </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     </p><!--l. 4825--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrword</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26057"></a> <span 
@@ -9954,7 +9970,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-     </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" >
      For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -9964,7 +9980,7 @@
      \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
      &#x00A0;<br />\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet&#x00A0;Protocol}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4823--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+     <!--l. 4832--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -9973,7 +9989,7 @@
      \newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
      &#x00A0;<br />{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4828--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
+     <!--l. 4837--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a 
 href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span 
 class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26058"></a>, take advantage of this
@@ -9995,15 +10011,15 @@
      \newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" >
-     </p><!--l. 4842--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural.
-     </p><!--l. 4844--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+     <!--l. 4849--><p class="nopar" >
+     </p><!--l. 4851--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural.
+     </p><!--l. 4853--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-26060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4848--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span 
@@ -10014,7 +10030,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only
      useful for abbreviations that contain spaces.)
-     <!--l. 4854--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
+     <!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-26063"></a> key isn’t used.
      This setting will take precedence over <a 
@@ -10021,13 +10037,13 @@
 href="#catattr.insertdots"><span 
 class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26064"></a>.
-     </p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
+     </p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
      ending up in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-26065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4871--><p class="noindent" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span 
@@ -10051,14 +10067,14 @@
 class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26068"></a><span 
 class="cmti-10">.</span>
-     <!--l. 4874--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
+     <!--l. 4883--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-26069"></a> key, you must
      explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
      determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
      </div>
-     </p><!--l. 4880--><p class="noindent" >
-     </p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
+     </p><!--l. 4889--><p class="noindent" >
+     </p><!--l. 4891--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span 
 class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
@@ -10147,7 +10163,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-26088"></a>
      should behave.
-     <!--l. 4915--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
+     <!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -10185,7 +10201,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
  id="dx1-26094"></a>). If you want to use a
          different command you can redefine:
-         <!--l. 4934--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+         <!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26095"></a> <span 
@@ -10193,7 +10209,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
          </div><hr>
-         </p><!--l. 4936--><p class="noindent" >
+         </p><!--l. 4945--><p class="noindent" >
          For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -10202,7 +10218,7 @@
          <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114">
          \newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
 </div>
-         <!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
+         <!--l. 4949--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
          sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
          <span 
@@ -10210,7 +10226,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
 </p>
          </li></ul>
-     <!--l. 4947--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+     <!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
      limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
      See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a 
@@ -10233,7 +10249,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4960--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 4969--><p class="nopar" >
      </p></dd><dt class="description">
 <a 
  id="catattr.glossname"></a><span 
@@ -10280,10 +10296,10 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4980--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
+     <!--l. 4989--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
      hasn’t been set.
-     </p><!--l. 4984--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+     </p><!--l. 4993--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
      such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
@@ -10319,7 +10335,7 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 4999--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
+     <!--l. 5008--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
      contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
@@ -10330,7 +10346,7 @@
  id="dx1-26112"></a> and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
      expand to literal characters.
-     </p><!--l. 5007--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+     </p><!--l. 5016--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">#</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; to the URL), then you also need to set <a 
@@ -10343,7 +10359,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">name</span>&#x27E9; which is set by commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
      the entry’s label.
-     </p><!--l. 5013--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
+     </p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
      which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -10359,10 +10375,10 @@
      <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
      \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5020--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
+     <!--l. 5029--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
      the above as appropriate.)
-     </p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
+     </p><!--l. 5033--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">.</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name2</span>&#x27E9; then use <a 
@@ -10375,7 +10391,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26116"></a> for the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">name1</span>&#x27E9; part.
-     </p><!--l. 5028--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+     </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -10385,11 +10401,11 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
      &#x00A0;<br />\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5033--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
+     <!--l. 5042--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
      (page 7 of that PDF).
-     </p><!--l. 5037--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+     </p><!--l. 5046--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
      glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
      the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a 
@@ -10409,11 +10425,11 @@
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;category=external,
      &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={external&#x00A0;example}}
 </div>
-     <!--l. 5053--><p class="nopar" >
+     <!--l. 5062--><p class="nopar" >
 </p>
      </dd></dl>
-<!--l. 5058--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" >   An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26118"></a> <span 
@@ -10426,17 +10442,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; is the category label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is the attribute label and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5075--><p class="indent" >   There is a shortcut version to set the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26119"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 5068--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5077--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26120"></a> <span 
@@ -10444,10 +10460,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" >   If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
 shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glssetattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26121"></a> <span 
@@ -10460,13 +10476,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
 that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 5081--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" >   You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26122"></a> <span 
@@ -10477,10 +10493,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="noindent" >
 Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsgetattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26123"></a> <span 
@@ -10493,9 +10509,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5092--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 5094--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5099--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" >   You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 5103--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshascategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26124"></a> <span 
@@ -10510,7 +10526,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-26125"></a>’s <span 
@@ -10519,7 +10535,7 @@
 isn’t blank and isn’t <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
 from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 5102--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glshasattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26126"></a> <span 
@@ -10534,9 +10550,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" >   You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifcategoryattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26127"></a> <span 
@@ -10553,7 +10569,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if the attribute (given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;) for the category (given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10563,7 +10579,7 @@
 isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9;, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false part</span>&#x27E9; is done.
-</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -10571,7 +10587,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
 \glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO&#x00A0;HYPER}{HYPER}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5121--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
+<!--l. 5130--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
  id="dx1-26128"></a> category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
@@ -10579,7 +10595,7 @@
  id="dx1-26129"></a> attribute set to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
+</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" >   With boolean-style attributes like <a 
 href="#catattr.nohyper"><span 
 class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26130"></a>, make sure you always test for <span 
@@ -10586,9 +10602,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">true</span>
 not <span 
 class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 5138--><p class="indent" >   Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
 entry:
-</p><!--l. 5131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26131"></a> <span 
@@ -10605,13 +10621,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} {</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5133--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
+</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="indent" >   There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26132"></a>
 attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5146--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26133"></a> <span 
@@ -10624,9 +10640,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="noindent" >
 Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 5142--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5151--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifregular</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26134"></a> <span 
@@ -10638,7 +10654,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5144--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5153--><p class="noindent" >
 Note that if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
@@ -10649,7 +10665,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-26136"></a> attribute has been set to
 “false”:
-</p><!--l. 5148--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregularcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26137"></a> <span 
@@ -10662,9 +10678,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
 or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsifnotregular</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26138"></a> <span 
@@ -10676,7 +10692,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5154--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="noindent" >
 Again, if the <a 
 href="#catattr.regular"><span 
 class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a 
@@ -10683,8 +10699,8 @@
  id="dx1-26139"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false-part</span>&#x27E9;, so these
 reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 5161--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" >   You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10698,7 +10714,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="noindent" >
 This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
 list &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; that have the category given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10714,9 +10730,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" >   Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
 attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsforeachwithattribute</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26140"></a> <span 
@@ -10736,18 +10752,18 @@
 class="cmitt-10">body</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5176--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5185--><p class="noindent" >
 This will do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">body</span>&#x27E9; for each entry that has a category with the attribute &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;
 set to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>&#x27E9;. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="indent" >   You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
 field changing commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a 
  id="dx1-26141"></a>. Alternatively, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 5184--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategory</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26142"></a> <span 
@@ -10757,7 +10773,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5186--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5195--><p class="noindent" >
 This will change the category to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; for each entry listed in the
 comma-separated list &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -10766,9 +10782,9 @@
  id="dx1-26143"></a> so it will
 expand &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9; and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" >   You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
 using:
-</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-26144"></a> <span 
@@ -10779,7 +10795,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5196--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5205--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
                                                                   
@@ -10786,11 +10802,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 5200--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5200--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a 
  id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned in <a 
+</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" >   As mentioned in <a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>2.4 </a><a 
 href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span 
@@ -10808,7 +10824,7 @@
 href="#sec:categories"><span 
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>5 </a><a 
 href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5210--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 5219--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
 by commands that change the <a 
  id="dx1-27004"></a><a 
 href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
@@ -10815,8 +10831,8 @@
 that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
 don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5218--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
+</p><!--l. 5225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5227--><p class="indent" >   With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-27005"></a> instead of <span 
@@ -10849,9 +10865,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a 
  id="dx1-27011"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5229--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" >   All upper case versions (not provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 5231--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLS</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27012"></a> <span 
@@ -10862,9 +10878,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 5235--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27013"></a> <span 
@@ -10875,11 +10891,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5237--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" >
 These are analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 5240--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5249--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27014"></a> <span 
@@ -10888,9 +10904,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >
 and
-</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\cGLSplformat</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27015"></a> <span 
@@ -10899,12 +10915,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">insert</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
 which convert the analogous <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
+</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" >   Just using <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
                                                                   
 
@@ -10923,8 +10939,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5272--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
+<!--l. 5281--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" >   If you switch to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
@@ -10947,13 +10963,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5299--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
+<!--l. 5308--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" >   When activated with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-27017"></a> now
 use
-</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5312--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27018"></a> <span 
@@ -10966,7 +10982,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="noindent" >
 to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; uses
 commands like <span 
@@ -10982,7 +10998,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">normal code</span>&#x27E9;).
-</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="indent" >   The default definition is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11000,7 +11016,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;{#3}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5328--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
+<!--l. 5337--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-27020"></a>
@@ -11008,7 +11024,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>&#x27E9; will be used if the previous count value (the number of
 times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
 attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" >   For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
 four:
                                                                   
 
@@ -11017,8 +11033,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5339--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<!--l. 5348--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="indent" >   There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
 <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
@@ -11027,7 +11043,7 @@
  id="dx1-27022"></a>, etc to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a 
  id="dx1-27023"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27024"></a> <span 
@@ -11038,7 +11054,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >
 The first argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
 category, the <a 
@@ -11058,14 +11074,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
 &#x00A0;<br />\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
 </div>
-<!--l. 5357--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
+<!--l. 5366--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" >   If you use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
 just set the <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-27026"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
+</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" >   The above example document can then become:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11083,12 +11099,12 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5387--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+<!--l. 5396--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" >   The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
 an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
 will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27027"></a> <span 
@@ -11101,7 +11117,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">categories</span>&#x27E9; is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
 be applied, &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11108,15 +11124,15 @@
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; is the trigger value and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; is the name of the counter
 used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
+</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>’s output routine, discrepancies will
 occur in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
  id="dx1-27028"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5406--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+</p><!--l. 5415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5417--><p class="indent" >   Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
 counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" >   The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;
 needs to be expandable. Since <span 
@@ -11131,7 +11147,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9; if it exists otherwise it will use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\the</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
+</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a 
 href="#catattr.entrycount"><span 
 class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-27030"></a> (as before) and
@@ -11142,10 +11158,10 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" >   Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
 mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
 this run:
-</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentrycurrcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27032"></a> <span 
@@ -11152,9 +11168,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" >
 and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27033"></a> <span 
@@ -11161,13 +11177,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5439--><p class="noindent" >
 In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span 
 class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
 both commands &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 5445--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevtotalcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27034"></a> <span 
@@ -11174,11 +11190,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5438--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5447--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
 given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, and
-</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5450--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsentryprevmaxcount</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27035"></a> <span 
@@ -11185,10 +11201,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5443--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5452--><p class="noindent" >
 which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 5446--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 5448--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" >   The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="indent" >   Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11212,7 +11228,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5479--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
+<!--l. 5488--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
 more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a 
@@ -11226,12 +11242,12 @@
 long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
 file.
-</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
 suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
 first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
 value.
-</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
 suppression because it’s in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">general</span><a 
@@ -11238,7 +11254,7 @@
  id="dx1-27037"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" >   The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11247,12 +11263,12 @@
 hyperlink for commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-27038"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-27039"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5518--><p class="noindent" >
 which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
 hyperlink.
                                                                   
@@ -11280,10 +11296,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5544--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
+<!--l. 5553--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
 page.
-</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" >   The earlier warning about using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">page</span><a 
  id="dx1-27040"></a> counter still applies. If the
 first instance of <span 
@@ -11294,11 +11310,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 5553--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5562--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5562--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a 
  id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5556--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 5565--><p class="indent" >   It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
 and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
 this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a 
 href="#catattr.indexname"><span 
@@ -11308,7 +11324,7 @@
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5563--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a 
  id="dx1-28003"></a> macro, used at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a 
@@ -11326,14 +11342,14 @@
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-28007"></a>
 key.
-</p><!--l. 5573--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" >   The internal macro used by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
 external glossary file is modified to check for the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28008"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 5578--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5586--><p class="indent" >   In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28009"></a> <span 
@@ -11343,7 +11359,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5580--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses the standard <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a 
  id="dx1-28010"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
@@ -11355,8 +11371,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
 user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
 automated index.
-</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 5588--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" >   The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 5597--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexentry</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28012"></a> <span 
@@ -11363,7 +11379,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
                                                                   
@@ -11373,12 +11389,12 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-130">
 \newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5595--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
+<!--l. 5604--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
 written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 5600--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" >   The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28013"></a> <span 
@@ -11388,7 +11404,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5602--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -11402,14 +11418,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5609--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 5618--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; is then processed to escape any of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-28014"></a>’s special
 characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
 value.
-</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="indent" >   The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrautoindex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28015"></a> <span 
@@ -11416,17 +11432,17 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="noindent" >
 This just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
+</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span 
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-28016"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" >   For example, to index the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-28017"></a> key, instead of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
@@ -11438,7 +11454,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-132">
 \renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5629--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
+<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-28019"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
 <span 
@@ -11455,8 +11471,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5638--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 5647--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="indent" >   If the value of the attribute given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>&#x27E9; is “true”, no encap will be
 added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
                                                                   
@@ -11466,7 +11482,7 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5646--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
+<!--l. 5655--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
 whereas
                                                                   
@@ -11476,13 +11492,13 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-135">
 \glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5651--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 5654--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+<!--l. 5660--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
 used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" >   By default the <span 
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-28021"></a> key won’t be used with the <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
@@ -11492,13 +11508,13 @@
 class="cmss-10">format</span><a 
  id="dx1-28023"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28024"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5667--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
 If you use this command and <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-28025"></a> has been loaded, then the <span 
@@ -11509,7 +11525,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a 
  id="dx1-28028"></a> to allow formats that use
 that command.
-</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
+</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a 
 href="#catattr.dualindex"><span 
 class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-28029"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
@@ -11525,8 +11541,8 @@
 attribute will honour the <span 
 class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-28033"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a 
@@ -11546,11 +11562,11 @@
  id="dx1-28039"></a>
 have been defined before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 5688--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 5697--><p class="indent" >   If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
 the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetActualChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28040"></a> <span 
@@ -11557,10 +11573,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5696--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the actual character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5699--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5708--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28041"></a> <span 
@@ -11567,10 +11583,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the level character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5704--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5713--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEscChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28042"></a> <span 
@@ -11577,10 +11593,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">char</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5706--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5715--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the escape (quote) character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 5709--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5718--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-28043"></a> <span 
@@ -11590,7 +11606,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5720--><p class="noindent" >
 Set the encap character to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">char</span>&#x27E9;.
                                                                   
@@ -11597,11 +11613,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 5714--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5714--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5723--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5723--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a 
  id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5717--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 5726--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">word</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -11610,8 +11626,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
 </div>
-</p><!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5731--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5733--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
  id="dx1-29001"></a><a 
@@ -11626,7 +11642,7 @@
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-29003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 5730--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
+</p><!--l. 5739--><p class="indent" >   Although this can be problematic, the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
 defining and using entries within the <span 
 class="cmss-10">document</span><a 
@@ -11639,14 +11655,14 @@
 class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
 This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
 command:
-</p><!--l. 5736--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5745--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29007"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" >
 When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
+</p><!--l. 5750--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span 
@@ -11657,8 +11673,8 @@
 mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
 may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5747--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5749--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5758--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29009"></a> <span 
@@ -11669,7 +11685,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="noindent" >
 If an entry with the label &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; has already been defined, this just does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -11704,7 +11720,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">}</span>
 </div>
 </div>
-<!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
+<!--l. 5772--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
 commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
 omitted from the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -11713,15 +11729,15 @@
  id="dx1-29010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
 argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9;. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 5771--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 5780--><p class="indent" >   The second optional argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>&#x27E9; should be empty if the entry has
 already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a&#x00A0;warning will be
 generated with
-</p><!--l. 5774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5783--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrWarning</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29011"></a> <span 
@@ -11730,8 +11746,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
+</p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5787--><p class="indent" >   For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
 below:
                                                                   
@@ -11743,8 +11759,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
 &#x00A0;<br />\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5784--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5786--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
+<!--l. 5793--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" >   If you are considering doing something like:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11755,14 +11771,14 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;...&#x00A0;later
 &#x00A0;<br />\goose\&#x00A0;some&#x00A0;more&#x00A0;text&#x00A0;here
 </div>
-<!--l. 5792--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+<!--l. 5801--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
 preamble with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-29012"></a> and then use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 5797--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
+</p><!--l. 5806--><p class="indent" >   There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5798--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5807--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29013"></a> <span 
@@ -11773,12 +11789,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5812--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtr</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29014"></a> <span 
@@ -11789,12 +11805,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5805--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5814--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5808--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5817--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-29015"></a> <span 
@@ -11805,12 +11821,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5810--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="noindent" >
 This is like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5813--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" >   If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
 ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">&#x018e;</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>&#x00A0;or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;instead of
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;(or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
@@ -11819,20 +11835,20 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, but it’s
 experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 5822--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
+</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
 commands in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 5828--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 5828--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 5837--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 5837--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a 
  id="sec:bib2gls"></a>bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 5831--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
+</p><!--l. 5840--><p class="indent" >   There is a new command line application called <a 
  id="dx1-30001"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
@@ -11855,7 +11871,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 5842--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" >   This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
 maintain the database and it reduces the <span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span>&#x00A0;overhead by only defining the entries
 that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span 
@@ -11872,13 +11888,13 @@
  id="dx1-30006"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30007"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
+</p><!--l. 5862--><p class="indent" >   There are some new commands and options added to <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
 the integration of <a 
  id="dx1-30008"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30009"></a> into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 5857--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
+</p><!--l. 5866--><p class="indent" >   An example of the contents of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
 extracted with <a 
  id="dx1-30010"></a><span 
@@ -11904,8 +11920,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;waterbird&#x00A0;with&#x00A0;a&#x00A0;long&#x00A0;neck}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5876--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5878--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
+<!--l. 5885--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="indent" >   The follow provides some abbreviations:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11929,8 +11945,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;simple&#x00A0;interpreted&#x00A0;server-side&#x00A0;scripting&#x00A0;language}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5900--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5902--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
+<!--l. 5909--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="indent" >   Here are some symbols:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -11953,8 +11969,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;description={a&#x00A0;set}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5923--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
+<!--l. 5932--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" >   To ensure that <a 
  id="dx1-30012"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
@@ -11970,13 +11986,13 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+<!--l. 5938--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
 since <a 
  id="dx1-30015"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30016"></a></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 5934--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="indent" >   If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
 <a 
  id="dx1-30017"></a><a 
 href="#glo:xindy"><span 
@@ -11993,10 +12009,10 @@
  id="dx1-30019"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30020"></a> to omit sorting to save time.
-</p><!--l. 5940--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5949--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 5941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5950--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrresourcefile</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-30021"></a> <span 
@@ -12006,13 +12022,13 @@
 class="cmitt-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5952--><p class="noindent" >
 (Don’t include the file extension in &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9;.) There’s a shortcut version
 (recommended over the above) that sets &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">filename</span>&#x27E9; to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 5946--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 5955--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-30022"></a> <span 
@@ -12019,7 +12035,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
 On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -12046,15 +12062,15 @@
 </div>
 </div> where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">n</span>&#x27E9; is the current value of
-<!--l. 5960--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
+<!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" >
 which is incremented at the end of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
 regarding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5966--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -12074,7 +12090,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 5976--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+<!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>won’t exist on the first <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run, the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
@@ -12096,7 +12112,7 @@
 This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the
 entry is defined is larger than the placeholder ?? (as can occur with long
 citations).
-</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
+</p><!--l. 5995--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>doesn’t work with <a 
  id="dx1-30029"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
@@ -12108,8 +12124,8 @@
  id="dx1-30031"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30032"></a>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
+</p><!--l. 6000--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" >   If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a 
  id="dx1-30033"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30034"></a> this in the
@@ -12121,18 +12137,18 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
 \GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 5998--><p class="nopar" > See the <a 
+<!--l. 6007--><p class="nopar" > See the <a 
  id="dx1-30035"></a><a 
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-30036"></a></a> user manual for more details of this and other available
 options.
-</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
+</p><!--l. 6011--><p class="indent" >   Note that as from v1.12, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
 category code of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
 commands stored in the location field.
-</p><!--l. 6007--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6016--><p class="indent" >   Since the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references used within the document and
 the definitions have been written in the order corresponding to <a 
  id="dx1-30037"></a><span 
@@ -12146,7 +12162,7 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>10.2 </a><a 
 href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or
 Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6013--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6022--><p class="indent" >   Suppose the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span 
 class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
 <span 
@@ -12170,7 +12186,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6035--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
+<!--l. 6044--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
                                                                   
 
@@ -12181,7 +12197,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />bib2gls&#x00A0;mydoc
 &#x00A0;<br />pdflatex&#x00A0;mydoc
 </div>
-<!--l. 6042--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
+<!--l. 6051--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span 
 class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span 
@@ -12220,7 +12236,7 @@
 a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
 they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
 build.
-</p><!--l. 6059--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 6068--><p class="indent" >   The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
 methods:
                                                                   
 
@@ -12244,7 +12260,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6087--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale.
+<!--l. 6096--><p class="nopar" > (By default, entries are sorted according to the operating system’s locale.
 If this doesn’t match the document language, you need to set this in the
 option list, for example <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">sort=de-CH-1996</span></span></span> for Swiss German using the new
@@ -12253,11 +12269,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6094--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6094--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6103--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a 
  id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6106--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a 
  id="dx1-31001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
@@ -12268,7 +12284,7 @@
  id="dx1-31003"></a> options. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 6101--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrpageref</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31004"></a> <span 
@@ -12275,14 +12291,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6103--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >
 that works in the same way except that it uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a 
  id="dx1-31005"></a> instead of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a 
  id="dx1-31006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6107--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 6108--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6116--><p class="indent" >   You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 6117--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrcopytoglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31007"></a> <span 
@@ -12292,7 +12308,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
 This appends &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>&#x27E9; to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
 &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12312,8 +12328,8 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
 \printunsrtglossary[target=false]
 </div>
-<!--l. 6120--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6122--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+<!--l. 6129--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
 type using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -12320,7 +12336,7 @@
 With <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
 using
-</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6136--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\apptoglossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31010"></a> <span 
@@ -12329,9 +12345,9 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >
 or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\pretoglossarypreamble</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-31011"></a> <span 
@@ -12340,24 +12356,24 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6133--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6135--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 6138--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 6147--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
 single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 6140--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6149--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32001"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6142--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" >
 The default value is <span 
 class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
 <span 
 class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6147--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 6156--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -12387,10 +12403,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;$\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6177--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+<!--l. 6184--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6186--><p class="indent" >   There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
 argument:
-</p><!--l. 6179--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6188--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32002"></a> <span 
@@ -12401,7 +12417,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6190--><p class="noindent" >
 This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -12423,12 +12439,12 @@
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9;. The
 default &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">options</span>&#x27E9; are given by
-<!--l. 6190--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6199--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32003"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -12438,7 +12454,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
 argument of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6198--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 6207--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -12451,7 +12467,7 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glssymbol{identitymatrix}
 &#x00A0;<br />\]
 </div>
-<!--l. 6206--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
+<!--l. 6215--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
 create a hyperlink (if <span 
@@ -12465,11 +12481,11 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149">
 \renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6213--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6215--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
+<!--l. 6222--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6224--><p class="indent" >   Note that <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
 use
-</p><!--l. 6217--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6226--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrentryfmt</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32005"></a> <span 
@@ -12478,7 +12494,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6228--><p class="noindent" >
 This uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will simply expand to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; within the PDF
@@ -12489,7 +12505,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>if a control sequence name has
 been provided or just &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">text</span>&#x27E9; otherwise.
-</p><!--l. 6225--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6234--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
 command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span 
@@ -12496,7 +12512,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
 package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
 already exist:
-</p><!--l. 6230--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32006"></a> <span 
@@ -12508,7 +12524,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6232--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
 If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
 third argument &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span 
@@ -12517,8 +12533,8 @@
 may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
 this new key.
-</p><!--l. 6238--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 6239--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6247--><p class="indent" >   You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 6248--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifkeydefined</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32007"></a> <span 
@@ -12529,7 +12545,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6241--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6250--><p class="noindent" >
 This tests if &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9; is available for use in the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">key</span>&#x27E9;= list in the second argument of
@@ -12538,7 +12554,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
 The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
 provided.
-</p><!--l. 6249--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 6258--><p class="indent" >   There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
 these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
 changing the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
@@ -12550,7 +12566,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">parent</span><a 
  id="dx1-32010"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
 changed.
-</p><!--l. 6257--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6266--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32011"></a> <span 
@@ -12561,7 +12577,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6259--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6268--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">value</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12577,9 +12593,9 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6269--><p class="indent" >   <span 
+</p><!--l. 6278--><p class="indent" >   <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 6270--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6279--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32012"></a> <span 
@@ -12591,11 +12607,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6281--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry label and &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 6276--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
+</p><!--l. 6285--><p class="indent" >   This command just uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a 
  id="dx1-32013"></a><span 
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12614,7 +12630,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; if you want to skip the existence check.
 Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 6282--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6291--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrdeffield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32015"></a> <span 
@@ -12629,7 +12645,7 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6284--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
 This simply uses <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-32016"></a>’s <span 
@@ -12636,7 +12652,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command isn’t robust.
 There is also a version that uses <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\csedef </span>instead:
-</p><!--l. 6288--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtredeffield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32017"></a> <span 
@@ -12651,8 +12667,8 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">text</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6290--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6292--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6301--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\gGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32018"></a> <span 
@@ -12663,10 +12679,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6294--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6303--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 6297--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6306--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\eGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32019"></a> <span 
@@ -12677,10 +12693,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6299--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 6302--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6311--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\xGlsXtrSetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32020"></a> <span 
@@ -12691,10 +12707,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">value</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6304--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 6307--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6316--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32021"></a> <span 
@@ -12705,7 +12721,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">cs</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; to the replacement text of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">cs</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12712,7 +12728,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;
 (using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6313--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6322--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\csGlsXtrLetField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32022"></a> <span 
@@ -12724,10 +12740,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6324--><p class="noindent" >
 As <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 6319--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6328--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32023"></a> <span 
@@ -12742,7 +12758,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6330--><p class="noindent" >
 Sets the field given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field-1</span>&#x27E9; for the entry given by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label-1</span>&#x27E9; to the field given by
@@ -12760,7 +12776,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6329--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6338--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a 
  id="dx1-32024"></a> to determine if a field has been
@@ -12769,7 +12785,7 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6332--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32025"></a> <span 
@@ -12783,7 +12799,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6334--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
 (New to v1.19.) Unlike <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span>, this version doesn’t complain if the entry
 (given by &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12794,17 +12810,17 @@
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9;.
 Within &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; you may use
-</p><!--l. 6341--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6350--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glscurrentfieldvalue</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32026"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" >
 to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">true</span>&#x27E9; and
 &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">false</span>&#x27E9; parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 6347--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrifhasfield*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32027"></a> <span 
@@ -12818,9 +12834,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >
 omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 6352--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6361--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a 
  id="dx1-32028"></a> which can be used to fetch the
@@ -12827,7 +12843,7 @@
 value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
 provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 6356--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6365--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrusefield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32029"></a> <span 
@@ -12836,7 +12852,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6358--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >
 This works in the same way as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
 specified in the first argument. Note that the &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12846,10 +12862,10 @@
  id="dx1-32030"></a>
 manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
 not robust.
-</p><!--l. 6366--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 6375--><p class="indent" >   There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6368--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6377--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsxtrusefield</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32031"></a> <span 
@@ -12858,8 +12874,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6370--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6372--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
+</p><!--l. 6379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6381--><p class="indent" >   If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-32032"></a> internal
 list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
@@ -12867,7 +12883,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-32033"></a>’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6376--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32034"></a> <span 
@@ -12879,7 +12895,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" >
 where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s label, &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">field</span>&#x27E9; is the entry’s field and &#x27E8;<span 
@@ -12889,7 +12905,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6383--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6392--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32035"></a> <span 
@@ -12901,8 +12917,8 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6385--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6386--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32036"></a> <span 
@@ -12917,8 +12933,8 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6388--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6389--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6398--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32037"></a> <span 
@@ -12930,9 +12946,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">item</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6400--><p class="noindent" >
 You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 6393--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6402--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfielddolistloop</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32038"></a> <span 
@@ -12942,9 +12958,9 @@
 class="cmitt-10">field</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="noindent" >
 or
-</p><!--l. 6397--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32039"></a> <span 
@@ -12957,13 +12973,13 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">handler</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="noindent" >
 that internally use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively.
-</p><!--l. 6403--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
+</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" >   There are also commands that use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6404--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6413--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldifinlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32040"></a> <span 
@@ -12980,10 +12996,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" >
 and <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 6408--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6417--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32041"></a> <span 
@@ -13000,19 +13016,19 @@
 class="cmtt-10">}{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">false</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6410--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6412--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="indent" >   See the <span 
 class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a 
  id="dx1-32042"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
 the limitations of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6416--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6425--><p class="indent" >   When using the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-32043"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
 also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
 preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 6419--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6428--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrRecordCounter</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-32044"></a> <span 
@@ -13019,7 +13035,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6421--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6430--><p class="noindent" >
 For example:
                                                                   
 
@@ -13029,7 +13045,7 @@
 \usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6426--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
+<!--l. 6435--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
 the <span 
@@ -13076,18 +13092,18 @@
    <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-151">
 \glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6443--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
+<!--l. 6452--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
 value can be accessed with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 6452--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6461--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33001"></a> <span 
@@ -13094,14 +13110,14 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">options</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6463--><p class="noindent" >
 This behaves like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
 always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 6459--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 6460--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 6469--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossary*</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33002"></a> <span 
@@ -13110,7 +13126,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">]{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">code</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
 which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
 <div class="obeylines-v">
 <span 
@@ -13128,7 +13144,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">code</span>&#x27E9; is done before the glossary
 header.
-<!--l. 6472--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 6481--><p class="indent" >   This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
 <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a 
  id="dx1-33003"></a><a 
@@ -13142,12 +13158,12 @@
 class="cmsy-10">§</span>9
 </a><a 
 href="#sec:bib2gls">bib2gls: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 6478--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 6487--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
 immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
 using <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6483--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6485--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6494--><p class="indent" >   If you have any entries with the <span 
 class="cmss-10">see</span><a 
  id="dx1-33006"></a> key set, you will need the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a 
@@ -13164,7 +13180,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
  id="dx1-33010"></a> package option
 will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 6492--><p class="indent" >   For example:
+</p><!--l. 6501--><p class="indent" >   For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -13179,8 +13195,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printunsrtglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6506--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 6510--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
+<!--l. 6515--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" >   If you allow document definitions with the <a 
 href="#styopt.docdefs"><span 
 class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-33011"></a> option, the document will
@@ -13187,26 +13203,26 @@
 require a second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span 
 class="E">E</span>X</span></span>&#x00A0;run if the entries are defined after <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6514--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
+</p><!--l. 6523--><p class="indent" >   The optional argument is as for <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span><a 
  id="dx1-33012"></a> key,
 which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 6517--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 6519--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" >   All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 6528--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaries</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6521--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >
 which is analogous to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
 glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">type</span>&#x27E9;].
-</p><!--l. 6526--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 6527--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6536--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33014"></a> <span 
@@ -13214,11 +13230,11 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6529--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" >
 for each item in the list, where &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9; is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 6532--><p class="indent" >   By default this just does
-</p><!--l. 6533--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6541--><p class="indent" >   By default this just does
+</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrunsrtdo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33015"></a> <span 
@@ -13225,7 +13241,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6544--><p class="noindent" >
 which determines whether to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
@@ -13236,11 +13252,11 @@
  id="dx1-33017"></a> fields for the <a 
  id="dx1-33018"></a><a 
 href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
-</p><!--l. 6540--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine the handler if required.
-</p><!--l. 6542--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 6549--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine the handler if required.
+</p><!--l. 6551--><p class="indent" >   <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
 glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6546--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6548--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6557--><p class="indent" >   For example, if the preamble includes:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -13249,7 +13265,7 @@
 \usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6552--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+<!--l. 6561--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
 that include the current section number in the <span 
 class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
                                                                   
@@ -13263,8 +13279,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6562--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6564--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
+<!--l. 6571--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6573--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
 localise the change:
                                                                   
@@ -13280,8 +13296,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6575--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6577--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
+<!--l. 6584--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6586--><p class="indent" >   If you are using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a 
  id="dx1-33019"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
 than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span 
@@ -13307,8 +13323,10 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6597--><p class="nopar" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress the
-glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
+<!--l. 6606--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span 
+class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
+that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
+better approach to use:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
@@ -13322,6 +13340,29 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />}
+</div>
+<!--l. 6626--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6628--><p class="indent" >   If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
+                                                                  
+
+                                                                  
+</p>
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+\printunsrtglossary*{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+&#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -13331,9 +13372,9 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6618--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6620--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that does this:
-</p><!--l. 6621--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6648--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6650--><p class="indent" >   There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 6651--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33020"></a> <span 
@@ -13344,20 +13385,20 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
 The above example can simply be replaced with:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-158">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
 \printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6627--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6629--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
+<!--l. 6657--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6659--><p class="indent" >   This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
 with
-</p><!--l. 6630--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6660--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-33021"></a> <span 
@@ -13366,20 +13407,20 @@
 <span 
 class="cmitt-10">name</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6662--><p class="noindent" >
 so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-159">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
 \printunsrtglossary*{\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{section}%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6639--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+<!--l. 6669--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
 (overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 6643--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
+</p><!--l. 6673--><p class="indent" >   Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a 
  id="dx1-33022"></a> (or
@@ -13388,7 +13429,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=alsoindex</span><a 
  id="dx1-33023"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 6646--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+</p><!--l. 6676--><p class="indent" >   This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
 <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -13400,12 +13441,12 @@
 just use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
 etc.
-</p><!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6656--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6686--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3   </span> <a 
  id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 6659--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
+<!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-34001"></a> key. The
 value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
@@ -13416,7 +13457,7 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-34003"></a></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6666--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
+</p><!--l. 6696--><p class="indent" >   If an entry &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>&#x27E9; is made an alias of &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9; then: </p>
      <ul class="itemize1">
@@ -13479,7 +13520,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>.
-     <!--l. 6685--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
+     <!--l. 6715--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a 
 href="#styopt.record"><span 
 class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span 
 class="cmss-10">=only</span><a 
@@ -13491,13 +13532,13 @@
 href="#glo:bib2gls"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a 
  id="dx1-34015"></a>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 6689--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6719--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 6720--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-34016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" >
 This is performed after the default options provided by <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a 
  id="dx1-34017"></a>
@@ -13508,33 +13549,33 @@
  id="dx1-34018"></a>, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
 nothing.
-</p><!--l. 6698--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
+</p><!--l. 6728--><p class="indent" >   Within the definition of <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 6699--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6729--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtrindexaliased</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-34019"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" >
 to index &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6704--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="indent" >   The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
 For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
 \renewcommand{\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\glsxtrindexaliased
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6711--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6713--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
+<!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" >   The value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span><a 
  id="dx1-34020"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 6714--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsxtralias</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-34021"></a> <span 
@@ -13541,16 +13582,16 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6716--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" >
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6718--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6748--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a 
  id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6721--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-35001"></a> (for
@@ -13559,10 +13600,10 @@
  id="dx1-35002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
 automatically loaded.
 </p>
-<!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6756--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1   </span> <a 
  id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 6729--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
+<!--l. 6759--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a 
  id="dx1-36001"></a> after <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
@@ -13571,7 +13612,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
 \documentclass{article}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
 &#x00A0;<br />\usepackage{glossaries-prefix}
@@ -13586,13 +13627,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />\printglossaries
 &#x00A0;<br />\end{document}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6752--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6782--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
 </p>
-<!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2   </span> <a 
  id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
+<!--l. 6787--><p class="noindent" >The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37001"></a> needs to be loaded before <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through the
@@ -13604,10 +13645,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
 \usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6762--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
+<!--l. 6792--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37003"></a> or you load <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
@@ -13619,7 +13660,7 @@
 corresponding <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands.
-</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
+</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="indent" >   The following <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands add accessibility information wrapped
 around the corresponding <span 
@@ -13627,7 +13668,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">xxx</span>&#x27E9; commands. There is no check for existence
 of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
 information.
-</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6804--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37005"></a> <span 
@@ -13634,12 +13675,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6806--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">name</span><a 
  id="dx1-37006"></a> field for the entry identified by &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;.
-</p><!--l. 6780--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
+</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" >   If the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37007"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
                                                                   
@@ -13646,15 +13687,15 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6784--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+<!--l. 6814--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-164">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
 \newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -13663,13 +13704,13 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6794--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
+<!--l. 6824--><p class="nopar" > (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a 
  id="dx1-37008"></a> is defined by the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37009"></a> package.) The first
 letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 6798--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessname</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37010"></a> <span 
@@ -13676,7 +13717,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" >
 Without the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37011"></a> package this is just defined as:
@@ -13684,10 +13725,10 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
 \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6805--><p class="nopar" > With the <span 
+<!--l. 6835--><p class="nopar" > With the <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a 
  id="dx1-37012"></a> package this is defined as:
                                                                   
@@ -13694,7 +13735,7 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-166">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
 \newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glsnameaccessdisplay
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{%
@@ -13703,9 +13744,9 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;{#1}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 6815--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 6817--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
-</p><!--l. 6818--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 6845--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="indent" >   The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 6848--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37013"></a> <span 
@@ -13712,11 +13753,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-37014"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesstext</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37015"></a> <span 
@@ -13723,12 +13764,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6825--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6855--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">text</span><a 
  id="dx1-37016"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6859--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37017"></a> <span 
@@ -13735,11 +13776,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37018"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6834--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37019"></a> <span 
@@ -13746,12 +13787,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6836--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6866--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">plural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37020"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6840--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37021"></a> <span 
@@ -13758,11 +13799,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-37022"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirst</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37023"></a> <span 
@@ -13769,12 +13810,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span><a 
  id="dx1-37024"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6881--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37025"></a> <span 
@@ -13781,11 +13822,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6853--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6883--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37026"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6856--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessfirstplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37027"></a> <span 
@@ -13792,12 +13833,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37028"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6892--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37029"></a> <span 
@@ -13804,11 +13845,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-37030"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbol</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37031"></a> <span 
@@ -13818,12 +13859,12 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6899--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a 
  id="dx1-37032"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37033"></a> <span 
@@ -13830,11 +13871,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37034"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6878--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesssymbolplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37035"></a> <span 
@@ -13841,12 +13882,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6880--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37036"></a> field with the first letter converted to
 upper case.
-</p><!--l. 6884--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37037"></a> <span 
@@ -13853,11 +13894,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6916--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-37038"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdesc</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37039"></a> <span 
@@ -13864,12 +13905,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">desc</span><a 
  id="dx1-37040"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessdescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37041"></a> <span 
@@ -13876,11 +13917,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6927--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37042"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6900--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessdescplural</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37043"></a> <span 
@@ -13887,12 +13928,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">descplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37044"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37045"></a> <span 
@@ -13899,11 +13940,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-37046"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshort</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37047"></a> <span 
@@ -13910,12 +13951,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6913--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6943--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">short</span><a 
  id="dx1-37048"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6917--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccessshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37049"></a> <span 
@@ -13922,11 +13963,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37050"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccessshortpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37051"></a> <span 
@@ -13933,12 +13974,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37052"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6928--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37053"></a> <span 
@@ -13945,11 +13986,11 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-37054"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslong</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37055"></a> <span 
@@ -13956,12 +13997,12 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">long</span><a 
  id="dx1-37056"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
 case.
-</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\glsaccesslongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37057"></a> <span 
@@ -13971,11 +14012,11 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6971--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37058"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 6944--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\Glsaccesslongpl</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-37059"></a> <span 
@@ -13982,7 +14023,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="noindent" >
 This displays the value of the <span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a 
  id="dx1-37060"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
@@ -13991,11 +14032,11 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-<!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a 
  id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
-</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="indent" >   The following sample files are provided with this package:
+</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="indent" >   The following sample files are provided with this package:
      </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
 <span 
 class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </dt><dd 
@@ -14264,11 +14305,11 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 7079--><p class="indent" >   </div>
-</p><!--l. 7079--><p class="noindent" ><a 
+<!--l. 7109--><p class="indent" >   </div>
+</p><!--l. 7109--><p class="noindent" ><a 
 href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a 
  id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="indent" >   There’s only one command provided by <span 
+</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" >   There’s only one command provided by <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want
 to change in your document and that’s <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a 
@@ -14289,15 +14330,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by
 <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" >   You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
 \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7095--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span 
+<!--l. 7125--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span 
 class="cmss-10">babel</span><a 
  id="dx1-39004"></a> or <span 
 class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a 
@@ -14306,13 +14347,13 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-168">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
 \appto\captionsenglish{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}%
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7101--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
+<!--l. 7131--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="indent" >   Alternatively you can use the <span 
 class="cmss-10">title</span><a 
  id="dx1-39006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
 For example:
@@ -14320,24 +14361,24 @@
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
 \printabbreviations[title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 7107--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 7137--><p class="nopar" > or
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-170">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
 \printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List&#x00A0;of&#x00A0;Abbreviations}]
 </div>
-<!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" >   The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
+<!--l. 7141--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7143--><p class="indent" >   The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
 appear in the final draft of your document.
-</p><!--l. 7116--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
+</p><!--l. 7146--><p class="indent" >   The <span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules if they exist,
 but won’t warn if they don’t.
-</p><!--l. 7119--><p class="indent" >   If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" >   If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
 called <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">lang</span>&#x27E9;<span 
@@ -14347,12 +14388,12 @@
  id="dx1-39007"></a>
 package). For example, <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7125--><p class="indent" >   The simplest code for this file is:
+</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" >   The simplest code for this file is:
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 </p>
-   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
+   <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-172">
 \ProvidesGlossariesExtraLang{french}[2015/12/09&#x00A0;v1.0]
 &#x00A0;<br />\newcommand*{\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench}{%
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;\def\abbreviationsname{Abr\'eviations}%
@@ -14378,8 +14419,8 @@
 &#x00A0;<br />&#x00A0;&#x00A0;\glossariesxtrcaptionsfrench
 &#x00A0;<br />}
 </div>
-<!--l. 7153--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" >   You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+<!--l. 7183--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="indent" >   You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
 identifier <span 
 class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. This <span 
@@ -14390,9 +14431,9 @@
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so that it can
 be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more packages than I
 am able to maintain.)
-</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" >   If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+</p><!--l. 7194--><p class="indent" >   If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
 when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39008"></a> <span 
@@ -14402,10 +14443,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+     <!--l. 7202--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
      glossary ‘&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-10">label</span>&#x27E9;’ (which should be called &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;) hasn’t been created.</p></div>
@@ -14412,29 +14453,29 @@
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
-<!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39009"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7180--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+     <!--l. 7210--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
      this glossary.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7213--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39010"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7188--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span 
+     <!--l. 7218--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option
      list when you load <span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></div>
-<!--l. 7191--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7221--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39011"></a> <span 
@@ -14442,10 +14483,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7193--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7196--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span 
+     <!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span 
 class="cmtt-10">type=</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9; when you defined your entries?
      If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span 
@@ -14457,7 +14498,7 @@
      did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
      set to <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7229--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39012"></a> <span 
@@ -14465,10 +14506,10 @@
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7231--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7204--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 7234--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;. If it’s empty, that means you
      haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
      like <span 
@@ -14475,15 +14516,15 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t
      empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7207--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39013"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7209--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7239--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7212--><p class="noindent" >You                                                                             need
+     <!--l. 7242--><p class="noindent" >You                                                                             need
      to either replace <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
@@ -14497,7 +14538,7 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(or <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>) and then
      rebuild this document.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7245--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39014"></a> <span 
@@ -14504,10 +14545,10 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7247--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >The file &#x27E8;<span 
+     <!--l. 7250--><p class="noindent" >The file &#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmitt-10">file</span>&#x27E9; doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span 
@@ -14515,25 +14556,25 @@
      version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
      <span 
 class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7223--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+<!--l. 7253--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39015"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7255--><p class="noindent" >
 This produces the following text in English:
      </p><div class="quote">
-     <!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
-<!--l. 7231--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+     <!--l. 7258--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></div>
+<!--l. 7261--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39016"></a> <span 
 class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7263--><p class="noindent" >
 This is advice on how to generate the glossary files. See the documented code
 (<span 
 class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further details.
-</p><!--l. 7238--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
+</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" >   <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span 
 class="cmtt-9">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake</span><span 
 class="cmtt-9">&#x00A0;</span></span><a 
  id="dx1-39017"></a> <span 
@@ -14541,7 +14582,7 @@
 class="cmitt-10">label</span>&#x27E9;<span 
 class="cmtt-10">}</span>
 </div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7240--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7270--><p class="noindent" >
 This is the message produced when the <span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span><a 
  id="dx1-39018"></a> option is used, but the document
@@ -15304,7 +15345,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4049" >303</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4052" >304</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4057" >305</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >306</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >306</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6026" >307</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15012" >308</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >309</a>, <a 
@@ -15336,7 +15377,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4050" >332</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4053" >333</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4058" >334</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5017" >335</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" >335</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6027" >336</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15013" >337</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >338</a>, <a 
@@ -15389,7 +15430,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27037" >375</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >376</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5034" >376</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26012" >377</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">number</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -15710,7 +15751,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">581</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" >582</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >582</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7047" >583</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10001" >584</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >585</a>, <a 
@@ -15740,7 +15781,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38021" >607</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >608</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >608</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13004" >609</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -16804,7 +16845,7 @@
 class="cmti-10">899</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlongdescription</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5021" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">900</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -17076,7 +17117,7 @@
 class="cmbx-10">997</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5018" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">998</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">M</span>
@@ -17085,21 +17126,21 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3027" >999</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3029" >1000</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3030" >1001</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1002</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1002</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40027" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">1003</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5035" ><span 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" ><span 
 class="cmti-10">1004</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5038" >1005</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1005</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40031" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">1006</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite.lua</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5039" >1007</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1007</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40030" ><span 
 class="cmbx-10">1008</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
@@ -17150,8 +17191,8 @@
 class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>options<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">alias</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1030</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1031</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1030</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1031</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34001" >1032</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34005" >1033</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >1034</a>, <a 
@@ -17158,7 +17199,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >1035</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">category</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1036</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5010" >1036</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >1037</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17010" >1038</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >1039</a>, <a 
@@ -17191,13 +17232,13 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23186" >1060</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >1061</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >1062</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1063</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1063</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5019" >1064</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5022" >1065</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5024" >1066</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5026" >1067</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5020" >1064</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5023" >1065</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5025" >1066</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1067</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">first</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8013" >1068</a>, <a 
@@ -17241,7 +17282,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28019" >1098</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37054" >1099</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37056" >1100</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5027" >1101</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1101</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">longplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10010" >1102</a>, <a 
@@ -17306,8 +17347,8 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4048" >1153</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4051" >1154</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4054" >1155</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1156</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1157</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5013" >1156</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5014" >1157</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7001" >1158</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7002" >1159</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7003" >1160</a>, <a 
@@ -17330,8 +17371,8 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4022" >1175</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4025" >1176</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4033" >1177</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5011" >1178</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5015" >1179</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5012" >1178</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5016" >1179</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7032" >1180</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7035" >1181</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7038" >1182</a>, <a 
@@ -17352,7 +17393,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26077" >1195</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37046" >1196</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37048" >1197</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5028" >1198</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5029" >1198</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">shortplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10011" >1199</a>, <a 
@@ -17392,7 +17433,7 @@
 class="cmss-10">symbol</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37030" >1230</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37032" >1231</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5030" >1232</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5031" >1232</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" >1233</a>, <a 
@@ -17470,7 +17511,7 @@
                                                                   
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">automake</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5040" >1284</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5041" >1284</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39018" >1285</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">autoseeindex</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -17485,7 +17526,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4059" >1290</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4127" >1291</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4128" >1292</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5036" >1293</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5037" >1293</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subsubitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">restricted</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4084" >1294</a> <br /></span>
@@ -17508,7 +17549,7 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26030" >1301</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">index</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5032" >1302</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5033" >1302</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26011" >1303</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">indexcrossrefs</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
@@ -17728,104 +17769,107 @@
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5008" >1402</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31009" >1403</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
+class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5009" >1404</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">title</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1404</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39006" >1405</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>options<br /></span>
 <span class="index-subitem">&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<span 
 class="cmss-10">sort</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1405</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >1406</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1406</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1407</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1408</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33014" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1409</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33020" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1410</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33021" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1411</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5005" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1412</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1413</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">R</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">relsizes </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1413</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21048" >1414</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12045" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1414</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">S</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19001" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1415</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1416</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">slantsc </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1416</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25020" >1417</a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">T</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">textcase </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1417</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span 
-class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1418</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1419</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-8" >1418</a> <br /></span>
                                                                   
 
                                                                   
 <span class="index-item"><span 
+class="cmss-10">tracklang </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4" >1419</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39007" >1420</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">translator </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1420</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3012" >1421</a> <br /></span>
 </p><p class="theindex">                                                                <span 
 class="cmbx-10">X</span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">xfor </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1421</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >1422</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-16015" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1422</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" ><span 
-class="cmti-10">1423</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmti-10">1424</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1424</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1425</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1426</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1427</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1428</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1429</a>, <a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1430</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3023" >1425</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4074" >1426</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4080" >1427</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30017" >1428</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >1429</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >1430</a>, <a 
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40032" >1431</a>, <a 
 href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40038" ><span 
-class="cmbx-10">1431</span></a> <br /></span>
+class="cmbx-10">1432</span></a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmtt-10">xindy</span>&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1432</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6028" >1433</a> <br /></span>
 <span class="index-item"><span 
 class="cmss-10">xkeyval </span>package&#x00A0;&#x00A0;<a 
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1433</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7" >1434</a> <br /></span>
 </p></div>
    <a 
  id="dx1-41001"></a><div class="footnotes"><!--l. 283--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
@@ -17835,28 +17879,28 @@
 class="cmr-8">to incorporate new features, but</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">a few new minor features slipped in with some bug fixes in v4.21.</span></p>
-<!--l. 925--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 934--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x2-bk" id="fn1x2"><sup class="textsuperscript">2.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">The </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">descriptionplural</span><a 
- id="dx1-5026"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5027"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">key is a throwback to the base package’s original acronym mechanism</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">before the introduction of the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">long</span><a 
- id="dx1-5027"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5028"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">and </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">short</span><a 
- id="dx1-5028"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5029"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">keys, where the long form was stored in the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">description</span><a 
- id="dx1-5029"></a>
+ id="dx1-5030"></a>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">field and the short form was stored in the </span><span 
 class="cmss-8">symbol</span><a 
- id="dx1-5030"></a> <span 
+ id="dx1-5031"></a> <span 
 class="cmr-8">field.</span></p>
-<!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 3051--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x3-bk" id="fn1x3"><sup class="textsuperscript">3.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">For compatibility with earlier versions, </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\glsabbrvscfont </span><span 
@@ -17871,12 +17915,12 @@
 class="cmr-8">is now deprecated. Likewise for similar</span>
 <span 
 class="cmr-8">commands.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5954--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 5963--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn1x9-bk" id="fn1x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">Version 1.11 only allowed one use of </span><span 
 class="cmtt-8">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span><span 
 class="cmr-8">per document.</span></p>
-<!--l. 5974--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
+<!--l. 5983--><p class="indent" >   <span class="footnote-mark"><a 
 href="#fn2x9-bk" id="fn2x9"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><span 
 class="cmr-8">v1.08 assumed </span>&#x27E8;<span 
 class="cmti-8">filename</span>&#x27E9;<span 

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@
 \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
 \MakeShortVerb{"}
 
- \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.19:
+ \title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.20:
  an extension to the glossaries package}
  \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
 Dickimaw Books\\
 \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
 
- \date{2017-09-08}
+ \date{2017-09-11}
  \maketitle
 
 \begin{abstract}
@@ -855,13 +855,22 @@
 off hyperlinks.
 
 The individual glossary displaying commands \ics{printglossary},
-\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have an extra
-key \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can
+\ics{printnoidxglossary} and \cs{printunsrtglossary} have two extra
+keys:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \gloskey[printglossary]{target}. This is a boolean key which can
 be used to switch off the automatic hypertarget for each entry.
 Unlike \cs{glsdisablehyper} this doesn't switch off hyperlinks, so
 any cross-references within the glossary won't be affected. This is
 a way of avoiding duplicate target warnings if a glossary needs to
 be displayed multiple times.
+\item
+\gloskey[printglossary]{targetnameprefix}\texttt{=}\marg{prefix}. Another way
+of avoiding duplicate target names is to set a prefix
+used for the names. Unlike changing \cs{glolinkprefix} this doesn't affect
+any hyperlinks (such as those created with \cs{gls}).
+\end{itemize}
 
 The \cs{newglossaryentry} command has three new keys:
 \begin{itemize}
@@ -6595,6 +6604,27 @@
   }%
 }
 \end{verbatim}
+Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions
+contain commands like \cs{gls} that need to link an entry that
+doesn't appear in the summary. In this case, it's a better approach
+to use:
+\begin{verbatim}
+\printunsrtglossary*{%
+  \renewcommand{\printunsrtglossaryhandler}[1]{%
+    \glsxtrfieldxifinlist{#1}{record.section}{\thesection}
+    {\glsxtrunsrtdo{#1}}%
+    {}%
+  }%
+  \ifcsundef{theHsection}%
+  {%
+    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{thesection}.}}%
+  }%
+  {%
+    \setkeys{printgloss}{targetnameprefix={record.#2.\csuse{theHsection}.}}%
+  }%
+}
+\end{verbatim}
+
 If it's a short summary at the start of a section, you might
 also want to suppress the glossary header and add some vertical
 space afterwards:
@@ -6617,7 +6647,7 @@
 }
 \end{verbatim}
 
-There's a shortcut command that does this:
+There's a shortcut command that essentially does this:
 \begin{definition}[\DescribeMacro\printunsrtglossaryunit]
 \cs{printunsrtglossaryunit}\oarg{options}\marg{counter name}
 \end{definition}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.glstex	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -19,6 +19,7 @@
 \appto\glossarypreamble{%
  \providecommand{\bibglslocsuffix}[1]{\@.}%
 }
+\providecommand*{\bibglsflattenedhomograph}[2]{#1}
 \providecommand{\bibglsnewentry}[4]{%
  \longnewglossaryentry*{#1}{name={#3},#2}{#4}%
 }

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -3,18 +3,19 @@
 % Command line args:
 %   -comment ".*\.tex"
 %   -comment ".*\.bib"
-%   -author "Nicola Talbot"
+%   -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex"
 %   -macrocode ".*\.tex"
 %   -macrocode ".*\.bib"
 %   -section "chapter"
-%   -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})"
-%   -doc "glossaries-extra-codedoc.tex"
+%   -setambles ".*\.bib=>\nopreamble\nopostamble"
+%   -author "Nicola Talbot"
 %   -src "glossaries-extra.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra.sty"
 %   -src "glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty\Z=>glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty"
 %   -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.tex)\Z=>\1"
 %   -src "(example-glossaries-.+\.bib)\Z=>\1"
+%   -codetitle "Main Package Code (\\styfmt{glossaries-extra.sty})"
 %   glossaries-extra
-% Created on 2017/9/8 22:43
+% Created on 2017/9/11 14:10
 %\fi
 %\iffalse
 %<*package>
@@ -124,7 +125,7 @@
 
 \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2}
 
-\CheckSum{17566}
+\CheckSum{17580}
 
 \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}}
 \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}}
@@ -164,13 +165,13 @@
  \raggedright
 }
 
-\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.19:
+\title{glossaries-extra.sty v1.20:
  documented code}
 \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt]
 Dickimaw Books\\
 \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}}
 
-\date{2017-09-08}
+\date{2017-09-11}
 
 \begin{document}
 \DocInput{glossaries-extra.dtx}
@@ -215,7 +216,7 @@
 %\section{Package Initialisation and Options}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Requires \sty{xkeyval} to define package options.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6985,7 +6986,31 @@
   \fi
 }
 %    \end{macrocode}
+%\begin{macro}{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{new}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
 %
+%New to v1.20:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\define at key{printgloss}{targetnameprefix}{%
+  \renewcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%\begin{macro}{\glsdohypertarget}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{added redefinition}
+%Redefine to insert \cs{@glsxtrhypernameprefix} before the target
+%name.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget\glsdohypertarget
+\renewcommand{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
+  \@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix#1}{#2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\end{macro}
 %\begin{macro}{\glsxtr at makeglossaries}
 %For the benefit of \app{makeglossaries}
 %\changes{1.09}{2016-12-16}{new}
@@ -8072,12 +8097,19 @@
     {\glsxtrunsrtdo{##1}}%
     {}%
   }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%\changes{1.20}{2017-09-11}{switched from redefining \cs{glolinkprefix} to
+% \cs{@glsxtrhypernameprefix}}
+%Only the target names should have the prefixes adjusted as \cs{gls}
+%etc need the original \cs{glolinkprefix}. The \cs{@gobble} part
+%discards \cs{glolinkprefix}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifcsundef{theH#1}%
   {%
-    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.}%
+    \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.\@gobble}%
   }%
   {%
-    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.}%
+    \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.\@gobble}%
   }%
   \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
   \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
@@ -18842,7 +18874,7 @@
 % First identify package:
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Provide package options to automatically load required predefined
 % styles. The simplest method is to just test for the existence of

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/9/8 22:43
+% glossaries-extra.ins generated using makedtx version 1.2 2017/9/11 14:10
 \input docstrip
 
 \preamble
@@ -30,32 +30,19 @@
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty,package}}
 \file{example-glossaries-xr.tex}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
 \usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.tex,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-brief.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-brief.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-cite.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-cite.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-images.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-images.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-long.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-long.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-multipar.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-parent.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-parent.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-url.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.bib,package}}
-\file{example-glossaries-xr.bib}{\usepreamble\defaultpreamble
-\usepostamble\defaultpostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.bib,package}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym-desc.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronym.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-acronyms-lang.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-brief.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-brief.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-childnoname.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-cite.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-cite.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-images.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-images.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-long.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-long.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-multipar.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-parent.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-parent.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-symbols.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-url.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-url.bib}}
+\file{example-glossaries-xr.bib}{\nopreamble\nopostamble\from{glossaries-extra.dtx}{example-glossaries-xr.bib}}
 }
 
 \endbatchfile

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 %%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
 %%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
 \newcommand*{\@glsxtr at loadstyles}{}
 \DeclareOption*{%
   \IfFileExists{glossary-\CurrentOption.sty}

Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty	2017-09-11 20:47:09 UTC (rev 45270)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty	2017-09-11 20:47:29 UTC (rev 45271)
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
 %%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
 %%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
 \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
-\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/08 v1.19 (NLCT)]
+\ProvidesPackage{glossaries-extra}[2017/09/11 v1.20 (NLCT)]
 \RequirePackage{xkeyval}
 \RequirePackage{etoolbox}
 \@ifpackageloaded{glossaries}
@@ -3479,6 +3479,14 @@
     \let\@glstarget\@secondoftwo
   \fi
 }
+\newcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{}
+\define at key{printgloss}{targetnameprefix}{%
+  \renewcommand{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{#1}%
+}
+\let\@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget\glsdohypertarget
+\renewcommand{\glsdohypertarget}[2]{%
+  \@glsxtr at org@glsdohypertarget{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix#1}{#2}%
+}
 \newcommand*{\glsxtr at makeglossaries}[1]{}
 \def\@glsxtr at gettype#1,type=#2,#3\@end at glsxtr@gettype{%
   \def\@glo at type{#2}%
@@ -4072,10 +4080,10 @@
   }%
   \ifcsundef{theH#1}%
   {%
-    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.}%
+    \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{the#1}.\@gobble}%
   }%
   {%
-    \renewcommand*{\glolinkprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.}%
+    \renewcommand*{\@glsxtrhypernameprefix}{record.#1.\csuse{theH#1}.\@gobble}%
   }%
   \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{}%
   \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%



More information about the tex-live-commits mailing list